TWI699618B - Method for manufacturing colored layer, color filter, light-shielding film, solid state imaging device, and image display device - Google Patents

Method for manufacturing colored layer, color filter, light-shielding film, solid state imaging device, and image display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI699618B
TWI699618B TW105125996A TW105125996A TWI699618B TW I699618 B TWI699618 B TW I699618B TW 105125996 A TW105125996 A TW 105125996A TW 105125996 A TW105125996 A TW 105125996A TW I699618 B TWI699618 B TW I699618B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
pigment
acid
general formula
formula
Prior art date
Application number
TW105125996A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW201708955A (en
Inventor
金子祐士
高桑英希
留場恒光
Original Assignee
日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Publication of TW201708955A publication Critical patent/TW201708955A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI699618B publication Critical patent/TWI699618B/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/26Processing photosensitive materials; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/30Imagewise removal using liquid means
    • G03F7/32Liquid compositions therefor, e.g. developers
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/032Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders
    • G03F7/033Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders the binders being polymers obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. vinyl polymers
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/038Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/20Exposure; Apparatus therefor
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L27/00Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate
    • H01L27/14Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate including semiconductor components sensitive to infrared radiation, light, electromagnetic radiation of shorter wavelength or corpuscular radiation and specially adapted either for the conversion of the energy of such radiation into electrical energy or for the control of electrical energy by such radiation
    • H01L27/144Devices controlled by radiation
    • H01L27/146Imager structures
    • H01L27/14601Structural or functional details thereof
    • H01L27/1462Coatings
    • H01L27/14621Colour filter arrangements

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
  • Electromagnetism (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)
  • Solid State Image Pick-Up Elements (AREA)
  • Photosensitive Polymer And Photoresist Processing (AREA)

Abstract

本發明提供一種殘渣的產生得到抑制的著色層的製造方法。所述製造方法包括:使用含有著色劑A、聚合性化合物B、鹼可溶性樹脂C、及光聚合起始劑D的著色感放射線性組成物形成著色感放射線性組成物層的步驟a;隔著遮罩將所述著色感放射線性組成物層曝光成圖案狀的步驟b;以及對所述經曝光的所述著色感放射線性組成物層進行處理而形成著色層的步驟c,所述步驟c為實施使用包含有機溶劑的顯影液進行處理的步驟c1、及使用鹼性水溶液進行顯影的步驟c2中的任一步驟,其後實施另一步驟的步驟。 The present invention provides a method for producing a colored layer in which the generation of residue is suppressed. The manufacturing method includes: a step a of forming a color sensitive radiation composition layer using a color sensitive radiation composition containing a colorant A, a polymerizable compound B, an alkali-soluble resin C, and a photopolymerization initiator D; Step b of exposing the colored radiation-sensitive composition layer into a pattern by a mask; and step c of processing the exposed colored radiation-sensitive composition layer to form a colored layer, the step c In order to implement any one of step c1 of processing using a developer containing an organic solvent and step c2 of developing using an alkaline aqueous solution, another step is performed thereafter.

Description

著色層的製造方法、彩色濾光片、遮光膜、固 體攝影元件及圖像顯示裝置 Manufacturing method of colored layer, color filter, shading film, solid Body imaging element and image display device

本發明是有關於一種著色層的製造方法、彩色濾光片、遮光膜、固體攝影元件及圖像顯示裝置。 The invention relates to a method for manufacturing a coloring layer, a color filter, a light-shielding film, a solid-state photographic element and an image display device.

先前,使用著色感放射線性組成物形成著色層,著色層例如可用作設置於固體攝影元件等中的遮光膜及彩色濾光片等。 Previously, a colored layer was formed using a colored radiation-sensitive composition, and the colored layer can be used, for example, as a light-shielding film and a color filter provided in a solid-state imaging device or the like.

例如,於專利文獻1中,作為形成著色層(著色圖案)的方法,揭示有「包括…將著色感放射線性組成物賦予至基板上而形成著色感放射線性組成物層的步驟、…將著色感放射線性組成物層曝光成圖案狀的步驟、以及對曝光後的…著色感放射線性組成物層進行顯影而形成著色圖案的步驟」的方法([申請專利範圍第11項])。此時,於顯影中,藉由進行「鹼顯影處理」使未曝光部溶出至顯影液中,而殘存曝光部([0236])。 For example, in Patent Document 1, as a method of forming a colored layer (coloring pattern), it is disclosed that "including... the step of applying a colored radiation composition to a substrate to form a colored radiation composition layer, ... coloring The step of exposing the radiation-sensitive composition layer into a pattern, and the step of developing the colored radiation-sensitive composition layer after exposure to form a colored pattern" method ([Scope of Patent Application No. 11]). At this time, during development, the unexposed part is eluted into the developer by performing the "alkali development treatment", and the exposed part remains ([0236]).

[現有技術文獻] [Prior Art Literature] [專利文獻] [Patent Literature]

[專利文獻1]日本專利特開2012-198408號公報 [Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012-198408

於形成著色層時,要求抑制顯影處理後的殘渣的產生。例如,當形成直線圖案狀的著色層(直線圖案)時,若產生殘渣,則存在於著色圖案中觀測到空隙(圖案直線性差)的情況。另外,亦存在殘渣作為異物而附著於著色層,著色層的表面粗糙度劣化的情況。 When forming the colored layer, it is required to suppress the generation of residue after the development process. For example, when a linear pattern-like colored layer (linear pattern) is formed, if residues are generated, voids may be observed in the colored pattern (the pattern has poor linearity). In addition, the residue may adhere to the colored layer as foreign matter, and the surface roughness of the colored layer may deteriorate.

本發明者等人藉由先前的方法形成著色層,結果瞭解到存在殘渣的產生的抑制不充分的情況。 The inventors of the present invention formed the colored layer by the conventional method, and as a result, found that the suppression of the generation of residues was insufficient.

因此,本發明的目的在於提供一種殘渣的產生得到抑制的著色層的製造方法、以及使用藉由所述製造方法而獲得的著色層的彩色濾光片、遮光膜、固體攝影元件及圖像顯示裝置。 Therefore, the object of the present invention is to provide a method for producing a colored layer in which the generation of residues is suppressed, and a color filter, a light-shielding film, a solid-state imaging device, and an image display using the colored layer obtained by the production method Device.

本發明者等人為了達成所述目的而進行了努力研究,結果發現,藉由在鹼顯影的前後進行使用包含有機溶劑的顯影液的處理,可抑制殘渣的產生,從而完成了本發明。 The inventors of the present invention conducted diligent studies in order to achieve the above-mentioned object, and as a result, they found that by performing a treatment using a developer containing an organic solvent before and after alkali development, the generation of residues can be suppressed, thereby completing the present invention.

即,本發明者等人發現藉由以下的構成可達成所述目的。 That is, the inventors of the present invention found that the above-mentioned object can be achieved by the following configuration.

[1]一種著色層的製造方法,其包括:使用含有著色劑A、聚合性化合物B、鹼可溶性樹脂C、及光聚合起始劑D的著色感放射線性組成物形成著色感放射線性組成物層的步驟a;隔著遮罩將所述著色感放射線性組成物層曝光成圖案狀的步驟b;以及對所 述經曝光的所述著色感放射線性組成物層進行處理而形成著色層的步驟c,所述步驟c為實施使用包含有機溶劑的顯影液進行處理的步驟c1、及使用鹼性水溶液進行顯影的步驟c2中的任一步驟,其後實施另一步驟的步驟。 [1] A method of manufacturing a colored layer, comprising: forming a colored radiation composition using a colored radiation composition containing a colorant A, a polymerizable compound B, an alkali-soluble resin C, and a photopolymerization initiator D Step a of the layer; Step b of exposing the colored radiation-sensitive composition layer into a pattern through a mask; and The step c of processing the exposed colored radiation-sensitive composition layer to form a colored layer, the step c being the step c1 of performing processing using a developer containing an organic solvent, and developing using an alkaline aqueous solution Any step in step c2 is followed by another step.

[2]如所述[1]記載的著色層的製造方法,其中所述包含有機溶劑的顯影液包含95質量%以上的有機溶劑。 [2] The method for producing a colored layer according to [1], wherein the developer containing an organic solvent contains 95% by mass or more of the organic solvent.

[3]如所述[1]或[2]記載的著色層的製造方法,其中所述著色感放射線性組成物更含有具有由下述通式(1)所表示的基的樹脂E,*-X1-Y…(1) [3] The method for producing a colored layer as described in [1] or [2], wherein the colored radiation-sensitive composition further contains resin E having a group represented by the following general formula (1), * -X 1 -Y...(1)

通式(1)中,X1表示單鍵或二價的連結基;Y表示烷基或矽烷基;*表示鍵結位置。 In the general formula (1), X 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group; Y represents an alkyl group or a silyl group; * represents a bonding position.

[4]如所述[3]記載的著色層的製造方法,其中所述樹脂E更具有由下述通式(2)所表示的基,*-X2-Z…(2) [4] The method for producing a colored layer according to [3], wherein the resin E further has a group represented by the following general formula (2), *-X 2 -Z...(2)

通式(2)中,X2表示單鍵或二價的連結基;Z表示選自由(甲基)丙烯醯基、烯丙基、乙烯基、氧雜環丁基、環氧基、及羥基甲基胺基所組成的群組中的至少一種基;*表示鍵結位置。 In the general formula (2), X 2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group; Z represents a group selected from (meth)acrylic acid, allyl, vinyl, oxetanyl, epoxy, and hydroxyl At least one group in the group consisting of methylamino groups; * indicates the bonding position.

[5]一種彩色濾光片,其使用藉由如所述[1]至[4]中任一項記載的著色層的製造方法而獲得的著色層而成。 [5] A color filter using a colored layer obtained by the method for producing a colored layer as described in any one of [1] to [4].

[6]一種遮光膜,其使用藉由如所述[1]至[4]中任一項記載的著色層的製造方法而獲得的著色層而成。 [6] A light-shielding film using a colored layer obtained by the method for producing a colored layer as described in any one of [1] to [4].

[7]一種固體攝影元件,其具有藉由如所述[1]至[4]中任一項記載的著色層的製造方法而獲得的著色層。 [7] A solid-state imaging device having a colored layer obtained by the method for producing a colored layer as described in any one of [1] to [4].

[8]一種圖像顯示裝置,其具有藉由如所述[1]至[4]中任一項記載的著色層的製造方法而獲得的著色層。 [8] An image display device having a colored layer obtained by the method for producing a colored layer as described in any one of [1] to [4].

根據本發明,可提供一種殘渣的產生得到抑制的著色層的製造方法、以及使用藉由所述製造方法而獲得的著色層的彩色濾光片、遮光膜、固體攝影元件及圖像顯示裝置。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a method for producing a colored layer in which the generation of residue is suppressed, and a color filter, a light-shielding film, a solid-state imaging device, and an image display device using the colored layer obtained by the production method.

以下,對本發明的內容進行詳細說明。 Hereinafter, the content of the present invention will be described in detail.

再者,於本申請案說明書中,「~」是以包含其前後所記載的數值作為下限值及上限值的含義而使用。 In addition, in the specification of this application, "~" is used to include the numerical values described before and after it as the lower limit and the upper limit.

另外,於本說明書中的基(原子團)的表述中,未記載經取代及未經取代的表述包含不具有取代基的基(原子團),並且亦包含具有取代基的基(原子團)。例如,所謂「烷基」,不僅包含不具有取代基的烷基(未經取代的烷基),亦包含具有取代基的烷基 (經取代的烷基)。 In addition, in the expression of the group (atomic group) in this specification, the expression that does not describe substituted and unsubstituted includes a group (atomic group) not having a substituent, and also includes a group (atomic group) having a substituent. For example, "alkyl" includes not only unsubstituted alkyl (unsubstituted alkyl) but also substituted alkyl (Substituted alkyl).

另外,於本說明書中,「(甲基)丙烯酸酯」表示丙烯酸酯及甲基丙烯酸酯,「(甲基)丙烯酸」表示丙烯酸及甲基丙烯酸,「(甲基)丙烯醯基」表示丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基。另外,於本說明書中,「單量體」與「單體(monomer)」的含義相同。本發明中的單量體有別於寡聚物及聚合物,是指重量平均分子量為2,000以下的化合物。於本說明書中,所謂聚合性化合物,是指具有聚合性官能基的化合物,可為單量體,亦可為聚合物。所謂聚合性官能基,是指參與聚合反應的基。 In addition, in this specification, "(meth)acrylate" means acrylate and methacrylate, "(meth)acrylic acid" means acrylic acid and methacrylic acid, and "(meth)acryloyl" means acrylic acid. Group and methacrylic acid group. In addition, in this specification, "single body" and "monomer" have the same meaning. Monomers in the present invention are distinguished from oligomers and polymers, and refer to compounds with a weight average molecular weight of 2,000 or less. In this specification, the term "polymerizable compound" refers to a compound having a polymerizable functional group, and may be a single body or a polymer. The polymerizable functional group refers to a group that participates in a polymerization reaction.

本發明中的「放射線」是指包含可見光線、紫外線、遠紫外線、電子束、X射線等者。 The "radiation" in the present invention refers to those including visible rays, ultraviolet rays, extreme ultraviolet rays, electron beams, X-rays, and the like.

本發明的著色層的製造方法(以下,亦簡稱為「本發明的製造方法」)為如下的著色層的製造方法,包括:使用含有著色劑A、聚合性化合物B、鹼可溶性樹脂C、及光聚合起始劑D的著色感放射線性組成物形成著色感放射線性組成物層的步驟a;隔著遮罩將所述著色感放射線性組成物層曝光成圖案狀的步驟b;以及對所述經曝光的所述著色感放射線性組成物層進行處理而形成著色層的步驟c,所述步驟c為實施使用包含有機溶劑的顯影液進行處理的步驟c1、及使用鹼性水溶液進行顯影的步驟c2中的任一步驟,其後實施另一步驟的步驟。 The manufacturing method of the colored layer of the present invention (hereinafter, also simply referred to as "the manufacturing method of the present invention") is a method of manufacturing the colored layer as follows, including: using a coloring agent A, a polymerizable compound B, an alkali-soluble resin C, and The step a of forming the color sensitive radiation composition layer of the color sensitive radiation composition of the photopolymerization initiator D; the step b of exposing the color sensitive radiation composition layer into a pattern through a mask; and The step c of processing the exposed colored radiation-sensitive composition layer to form a colored layer, the step c being the step c1 of performing processing using a developer containing an organic solvent, and developing using an alkaline aqueous solution Any step in step c2 is followed by another step.

根據本發明的製造方法,於形成著色層時,可抑制殘渣的產生。其理由如以下般進行推測。 According to the manufacturing method of the present invention, when the colored layer is formed, the generation of residues can be suppressed. The reason is estimated as follows.

首先,使用著色感放射線性組成物形成著色感放射線性組成物層,其後曝光成圖案狀。於著色感放射線性組成物層的曝光部中,聚合性化合物B藉由光聚合起始劑D的作用而硬化。而且。藉由使用鹼性水溶液的顯影(鹼顯影),未曝光部溶出至鹼性水溶液中,曝光部作為圖案狀的著色層(著色圖案)而殘存。 First, a colored radiation-sensitive composition is used to form a colored radiation-sensitive composition layer, and then it is exposed in a pattern. In the exposed portion of the colored radiation-sensitive composition layer, the polymerizable compound B is cured by the action of the photopolymerization initiator D. and. By development (alkaline development) using an alkaline aqueous solution, the unexposed part is eluted into the alkaline aqueous solution, and the exposed part remains as a patterned colored layer (coloring pattern).

此時,於未曝光部中,鹼可溶性樹脂C溶出至鹼性水溶液中,但存在鹼可溶性樹脂C以外的疏水性成分並未溶出而成為殘渣的情況。 At this time, in the unexposed portion, the alkali-soluble resin C is eluted into the alkaline aqueous solution, but hydrophobic components other than the alkali-soluble resin C may not be eluted and become a residue.

因此,於本發明的製造方法中,於鹼顯影的前後進行使用包含有機溶劑的顯影液的處理(以下,為了方便起見亦稱為「有機顯影」)。藉此,未曝光部的疏水性成分溶出至有機溶劑中,認為殘渣的產生得到抑制。 Therefore, in the production method of the present invention, treatment using a developer containing an organic solvent is performed before and after alkaline development (hereinafter, for convenience, it is also referred to as "organic development"). Thereby, the hydrophobic component in the unexposed part is eluted into the organic solvent, and it is considered that the generation of residue is suppressed.

以下,首先,對本發明的著色層的製造方法中使用的著色感放射線性組成物進行說明後,對本發明的著色層的製造方法進行說明。 Hereinafter, first, after describing the colored radiation-sensitive composition used in the method of manufacturing the colored layer of the present invention, the method of manufacturing the colored layer of the present invention will be described.

[著色感放射線性組成物] [Colored Radiation Composition]

本發明的製造方法中使用的著色感放射線性組成物(以下,為了方便起見亦稱為「本發明的著色感放射線性組成物」或「本發明的組成物」)至少含有著色劑A、聚合性化合物B、鹼可溶性樹脂C、及光聚合起始劑D。 The color-sensitive radiation composition used in the production method of the present invention (hereinafter, also referred to as "the color-sensitive radiation composition of the present invention" or "the composition of the present invention" for convenience) contains at least colorant A, Polymerizable compound B, alkali-soluble resin C, and photopolymerization initiator D.

[著色劑A] [Colorant A]

本發明的組成物含有著色劑A(以下,亦簡稱為「著色劑」)。 藉由含有著色劑,可獲得所期望顏色的著色感放射線性組成物。 The composition of the present invention contains coloring agent A (hereinafter also simply referred to as "coloring agent"). By containing a coloring agent, a colored radiation composition with a desired color can be obtained.

本發明的組成物中所含有的著色劑並無特別限定,可使用選自由先前公知的多種染料及顏料所組成的群組中的一種或將兩種以上混合使用,該些可對應於本發明的組成物的用途而適宜選擇。例如,若為將本發明的組成物用於彩色濾光片製造的情況,則亦可使用形成彩色濾光片的彩色畫素的R、G、B等有彩色系的著色劑(有彩色著色劑)、及黑色矩陣形成用中通常所使用的黑色系的著色劑(黑色著色劑)的任一者。 The coloring agent contained in the composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, and one selected from the group consisting of a variety of previously known dyes and pigments can be used, or two or more of them can be used in combination. These can correspond to the present invention The use of the composition is appropriately selected. For example, if the composition of the present invention is used in the manufacture of color filters, it is also possible to use coloring agents such as R, G, and B that form the color pixels of the color filter (with color Any one of black coloring agents (black coloring agents) generally used for black matrix formation.

以下,關於本發明的組成物中可使用的著色劑,以對彩色濾光片用途而言適宜的著色劑為例進行詳述。 Hereinafter, regarding the coloring agent that can be used in the composition of the present invention, a coloring agent suitable for the use of a color filter will be described in detail.

作為有彩色系的顏料,可使用先前公知的多種無機顏料或有機顏料。另外,無論無機顏料還是有機顏料,若考慮到較佳為高透過率,則較佳為使用儘可能細者,若還考慮到操作性,則所述顏料的平均一次粒徑較佳為0.01μm~0.1μm,更佳為0.01μm~0.05μm。 As the chromatic pigment, a variety of conventionally known inorganic pigments or organic pigments can be used. In addition, regardless of the inorganic pigment or the organic pigment, if high transmittance is considered, it is preferable to use as fine as possible. If handling is also considered, the average primary particle diameter of the pigment is preferably 0.01 μm. ~0.1μm, more preferably 0.01μm~0.05μm.

作為無機顏料,可列舉金屬氧化物及金屬錯鹽等金屬化合物,具體而言,可列舉:鐵、鈷、鋁、鎘、鉛、銅、鈦、鎂、鉻、鋅、銻、銀等的金屬氧化物,及所述金屬的複合氧化物。亦可使用鈦的氮化物、銀錫化合物、銀化合物等。 Examples of inorganic pigments include metal compounds such as metal oxides and metal complex salts. Specifically, they include metals such as iron, cobalt, aluminum, cadmium, lead, copper, titanium, magnesium, chromium, zinc, antimony, and silver. Oxides, and composite oxides of the metals. Titanium nitrides, silver tin compounds, silver compounds, etc. can also be used.

於本發明中,作為可較佳地使用的顏料,可列舉以下者。但本發明並不限定於該些。 In the present invention, the following pigments can be preferably used. However, the present invention is not limited to these.

C.I.顏料黃(Pigment YELLOW)1、C.I.顏料黃2、C.I.顏料 黃3、C.I.顏料黃4、C.I.顏料黃5、C.I.顏料黃6、C.I.顏料黃10、C.I.顏料黃11、C.I.顏料黃12、C.I.顏料黃13、C.I.顏料黃14、C.I.顏料黃15、C.I.顏料黃16、C.I.顏料黃17、C.I.顏料黃18、C.I.顏料黃20、C.I.顏料黃24、C.I.顏料黃31、C.I.顏料黃32、C.I.顏料黃34、C.I.顏料黃35、C.I.顏料黃35:1、C.I.顏料黃36、C.I.顏料黃36:1、C.I.顏料黃37、C.I.顏料黃37:1、C.I.顏料黃40、C.I.顏料黃42、C.I.顏料黃43、C.I.顏料黃53、C.I.顏料黃55、C.I.顏料黃60、C.I.顏料黃61、C.I.顏料黃62、C.I.顏料黃63、C.I.顏料黃65、C.I.顏料黃73、C.I.顏料黃74、C.I.顏料黃77、C.I.顏料黃81、C.I.顏料黃83、C.I.顏料黃86、C.I.顏料黃93、C.I.顏料黃94、C.I.顏料黃95、C.I.顏料黃97、C.I.顏料黃98、C.I.顏料黃100、C.I.顏料黃101、C.I.顏料黃104、C.I.顏料黃106、C.I.顏料黃108、C.I.顏料黃109、C.I.顏料黃110、C.I.顏料黃113、C.I.顏料黃114、C.I.顏料黃115、C.I.顏料黃116、C.I.顏料黃117、C.I.顏料黃118、C.I.顏料黃119、C.I.顏料黃120、C.I.顏料黃123、C.I.顏料黃125、C.I.顏料黃126、C.I.顏料黃127、C.I.顏料黃128、C.I.顏料黃129、C.I.顏料黃137、C.I.顏料黃138、C.I.顏料黃139、C.I.顏料黃147、C.I.顏料黃148、C.I.顏料黃150、C.I.顏料黃151、C.I.顏料黃152、C.I.顏料黃153、C.I.顏料黃154、C.I.顏料黃155、C.I.顏料黃156、C.I.顏料黃161、C.I.顏料黃162、C.I.顏料黃164、C.I.顏料黃166、C.I.顏料黃167、C.I.顏料黃168、C.I.顏料黃169、C.I.顏料黃170、C.I.顏料黃171、C.I.顏料黃172、C.I.顏料黃173、C.I.顏料黃174、 C.I.顏料黃175、C.I.顏料黃176、C.I.顏料黃177、C.I.顏料黃179、C.I.顏料黃180、C.I.顏料黃181、C.I.顏料黃182、C.I.顏料黃185、C.I.顏料黃187、C.I.顏料黃188、C.I.顏料黃193、C.I.顏料黃194、C.I.顏料黃199、C.I.顏料黃213、C.I.顏料黃214等,C.I.顏料橙(Pigment Orange)2、C.I.顏料橙5、C.I.顏料橙13、C.I.顏料橙16、C.I.顏料橙17:1、C.I.顏料橙31、C.I.顏料橙34、C.I.顏料橙36、C.I.顏料橙38、C.I.顏料橙43、C.I.顏料橙46、C.I.顏料橙48、C.I.顏料橙49、C.I.顏料橙51、C.I.顏料橙52、C.I.顏料橙55、C.I.顏料橙59、C.I.顏料橙60、C.I.顏料橙61、C.I.顏料橙62、C.I.顏料橙64、C.I.顏料橙71、C.I.顏料橙73等,C.I.顏料紅(Pigment Red)1、C.I.顏料紅2、C.I.顏料紅3、C.I.顏料紅4、C.I.顏料紅5、C.I.顏料紅6、C.I.顏料紅7、C.I.顏料紅9、C.I.顏料紅10、C.I.顏料紅14、C.I.顏料紅17、C.I.顏料紅22、C.I.顏料紅23、C.I.顏料紅31、C.I.顏料紅38、C.I.顏料紅41、C.I.顏料紅48:1、C.I.顏料紅48:2、C.I.顏料紅48:3、C.I.顏料紅48:4、C.I.顏料紅49、C.I.顏料紅49:1、C.I.顏料紅49:2、C.I.顏料紅52:1、C.I.顏料紅52:2、C.I.顏料紅53:1、C.I.顏料紅57:1、C.I.顏料紅60:1、C.I.顏料紅63:1、C.I.顏料紅66、C.I.顏料紅67、C.I.顏料紅81:1、C.I.顏料紅81:2、C.I.顏料紅81:3、C.I.顏料紅83、C.I.顏料紅88、C.I.顏料紅90、C.I.顏料紅105、C.I.顏料紅112、C.I.顏料紅119、C.I.顏料紅122、C.I.顏料紅123、C.I.顏料紅144、C.I.顏料紅146、C.I.顏料紅149、C.I.顏 料紅150、C.I.顏料紅155、C.I.顏料紅166、C.I.顏料紅168、C.I.顏料紅169、C.I.顏料紅170、C.I.顏料紅171、C.I.顏料紅172、C.I.顏料紅175、C.I.顏料紅176、C.I.顏料紅177、C.I.顏料紅178、C.I.顏料紅179、C.I.顏料紅184、C.I.顏料紅185、C.I.顏料紅187、C.I.顏料紅188、C.I.顏料紅190、C.I.顏料紅200、C.I.顏料紅202、C.I.顏料紅206、C.I.顏料紅207、C.I.顏料紅208、C.I.顏料紅209、C.I.顏料紅210、C.I.顏料紅216、C.I.顏料紅220、C.I.顏料紅224、C.I.顏料紅226、C.I.顏料紅242、C.I.顏料紅246、C.I.顏料紅254、C.I.顏料紅255、C.I.顏料紅264、C.I.顏料紅270、C.I.顏料紅272、C.I.顏料紅279,C.I.顏料綠(Pigment Green)7、C.I.顏料綠10、C.I.顏料綠36、C.I.顏料綠37、C.I.顏料綠58、C.I.顏料綠59,C.I.顏料紫(Pigment Violet)1、C.I.顏料紫19、C.I.顏料紫23、C.I.顏料紫27、C.I.顏料紫32、C.I.顏料紫37、C.I.顏料紫42,C.I.顏料藍(Pigment Blue)1、C.I.顏料藍2、C.I.顏料藍15、C.I.顏料藍15:1、C.I.顏料藍15:2、C.I.顏料藍15:3、C.I.顏料藍15:4、C.I.顏料藍15:6、C.I.顏料藍16、C.I.顏料藍22、C.I.顏料藍60、C.I.顏料藍64、C.I.顏料藍66、C.I.顏料藍79、C.I.顏料藍80,C.I.顏料黑(Pigment Black)1。 C.I. Pigment YELLOW 1, C.I. Pigment Yellow 2, C.I. Pigment Yellow 3, CI Pigment Yellow 4, CI Pigment Yellow 5, CI Pigment Yellow 6, CI Pigment Yellow 10, CI Pigment Yellow 11, CI Pigment Yellow 12, CI Pigment Yellow 13, CI Pigment Yellow 14, CI Pigment Yellow 15, CI Pigment Yellow 16, CI Pigment Yellow 17, CI Pigment Yellow 18, CI Pigment Yellow 20, CI Pigment Yellow 24, CI Pigment Yellow 31, CI Pigment Yellow 32, CI Pigment Yellow 34, CI Pigment Yellow 35, CI Pigment Yellow 35:1 CI Pigment Yellow 36, CI Pigment Yellow 36:1, CI Pigment Yellow 37, CI Pigment Yellow 37:1, CI Pigment Yellow 40, CI Pigment Yellow 42, CI Pigment Yellow 43, CI Pigment Yellow 53, CI Pigment Yellow 55, CI Pigment Yellow 60, CI Pigment Yellow 61, CI Pigment Yellow 62, CI Pigment Yellow 63, CI Pigment Yellow 65, CI Pigment Yellow 73, CI Pigment Yellow 74, CI Pigment Yellow 77, CI Pigment Yellow 81, CI Pigment Yellow 83, CI Pigment Yellow 86, CI Pigment Yellow 93, CI Pigment Yellow 94, CI Pigment Yellow 95, CI Pigment Yellow 97, CI Pigment Yellow 98, CI Pigment Yellow 100, CI Pigment Yellow 101, CI Pigment Yellow 104, CI Pigment Yellow 106, CI Pigment Yellow 108, CI Pigment Yellow 109, CI Pigment Yellow 110, CI Pigment Yellow 113, CI Pigment Yellow 114, CI Pigment Yellow 115, CI Pigment Yellow 116, CI Pigment Yellow 117, CI Pigment Yellow 118, CI Pigment Yellow 119, CI Pigment Yellow 120, CI Pigment Yellow 123, CI Pigment Yellow 125, CI Pigment Yellow 126, CI Pigment Yellow 127, CI Pigment Yellow 128, CI Pigment Yellow 129, CI Pigment Yellow 137, CI Pigment Yellow 138, CI Pigment Yellow 139, CI Pigment Yellow 147, CI Pigment Yellow 148, CI Pigment Yellow 150, CI Pigment Yellow 151, CI Pigment Yellow 152, CI Pigment Yellow 153, CI Pigment Yellow 154, CI Pigment Yellow 155, CI Pigment Yellow 156, CI Pigment Yellow 161, CI Pigment Yellow 162, CI Pigment Yellow 164, CI Pigment Yellow 166, CI Pigment Yellow 167, CI Pigment Yellow 168, CI Pigment Yellow 169, CI Pigment Yellow 170, CI Pigment Yellow 171, CI Pigment Yellow 172, CI Pigment Yellow 173, CI Pigment Yellow 174, CI Pigment Yellow 175, CI Pigment Yellow 176, CI Pigment Yellow 177, CI Pigment Yellow 179, CI Pigment Yellow 180, CI Pigment Yellow 181, CI Pigment Yellow 182, CI Pigment Yellow 185, CI Pigment Yellow 187, CI Pigment Yellow 188, CI Pigment Yellow 193, CI Pigment Yellow 194, CI Pigment Yellow 199, CI Pigment Yellow 213, CI Pigment Yellow 214, etc., CI Pigment Orange 2, CI Pigment Orange 5, CI Pigment Orange 13, CI Pigment Orange 16, CI Pigment Orange 17:1, CI Pigment Orange 31, CI Pigment Orange 34, CI Pigment Orange 36, CI Pigment Orange 38, CI Pigment Orange 43, CI Pigment Orange 46, CI Pigment Orange 48, CI Pigment Orange 49, CI Pigment Orange 51. CI Pigment Orange 52, CI Pigment Orange 55, CI Pigment Orange 59, CI Pigment Orange 60, CI Pigment Orange 61, CI Pigment Orange 62, CI Pigment Orange 64, CI Pigment Orange 71, CI Pigment Orange 73, etc., CI Pigment Pigment Red 1, CI Pigment Red 2, CI Pigment Red 3, CI Pigment Red 4, CI Pigment Red 5, CI Pigment Red 6, CI Pigment Red 7, CI Pigment Red 9, CI Pigment Red 10, CI Pigment Red 14. CI Pigment Red 17, CI Pigment Red 22, CI Pigment Red 23, CI Pigment Red 31, CI Pigment Red 38, CI Pigment Red 41, CI Pigment Red 48:1, CI Pigment Red 48: 2, CI Pigment Red 48 :3, CI Pigment Red 48:4, CI Pigment Red 49, CI Pigment Red 49:1, CI Pigment Red 49:2, CI Pigment Red 52:1, CI Pigment Red 52:2, CI Pigment Red 53:1, CI Pigment Red 57:1, CI Pigment Red 60:1, CI Pigment Red 63:1, CI Pigment Red 66, CI Pigment Red 67, CI Pigment Red 81:1, CI Pigment Red 81: 2, CI Pigment Red 81: 3. CI Pigment Red 83, CI Pigment Red 88, CI Pigment Red 90, CI Pigment Red 105, CI Pigment Red 112, CI Pigment Red 119, CI Pigment Red 122, CI Pigment Red 123, CI Pigment Red 144, CI Pigment Red 146, CI Pigment Red 149, CI Yan Material Red 150, CI Pigment Red 155, CI Pigment Red 166, CI Pigment Red 168, CI Pigment Red 169, CI Pigment Red 170, CI Pigment Red 171, CI Pigment Red 172, CI Pigment Red 175, CI Pigment Red 176, CI Pigment Red 177, CI Pigment Red 178, CI Pigment Red 179, CI Pigment Red 184, CI Pigment Red 185, CI Pigment Red 187, CI Pigment Red 188, CI Pigment Red 190, CI Pigment Red 200, CI Pigment Red 202, CI Pigment Red 206, CI Pigment Red 207, CI Pigment Red 208, CI Pigment Red 209, CI Pigment Red 210, CI Pigment Red 216, CI Pigment Red 220, CI Pigment Red 224, CI Pigment Red 226, CI Pigment Red 242, CI Pigment Red 246, CI Pigment Red 254, CI Pigment Red 255, CI Pigment Red 264, CI Pigment Red 270, CI Pigment Red 272, CI Pigment Red 279, CI Pigment Green 7, CI Pigment Green 10, CI Pigment Green 36, CI Pigment Green 37, CI Pigment Green 58, CI Pigment Green 59, CI Pigment Violet 1, CI Pigment Violet 19, CI Pigment Violet 23, CI Pigment Violet 27, CI Pigment Violet 32, CI Pigment Violet 37. CI Pigment Violet 42, CI Pigment Blue 1, CI Pigment Blue 2, CI Pigment Blue 15, CI Pigment Blue 15:1, CI Pigment Blue 15: 2, CI Pigment Blue 15: 3, CI Pigment Blue 15:4, CI Pigment Blue 15:6, CI Pigment Blue 16, CI Pigment Blue 22, CI Pigment Blue 60, CI Pigment Blue 64, CI Pigment Blue 66, CI Pigment Blue 79, CI Pigment Blue 80, CI Pigment Black ( Pigment Black)1.

該些有機顏料可單獨使用或為了提昇色純度而組合多種使用。 These organic pigments can be used alone or in combination of multiple types to improve color purity.

於本發明的組成物中,於著色劑為染料的情況下,可獲得均勻溶解於組成物中的狀態下的著色組成物。 In the composition of the present invention, when the coloring agent is a dye, a colored composition in a state uniformly dissolved in the composition can be obtained.

本發明的組成物中所含有的可用作著色劑的染料並無特別限制,可使用先前作為彩色濾光片用而公知的染料。例如,可使用吡唑偶氮系、苯胺基偶氮系、三苯基甲烷系、蒽醌系、蒽吡啶酮系、亞苄基系、氧雜菁系、吡唑并三唑偶氮系、吡啶酮偶氮系、花青系、啡噻嗪系、吡咯并吡唑甲亞胺系、呫噸系、酞菁系、苯并吡喃系、靛藍系、吡咯亞甲基系等的染料。另外,亦可使用該些染料的多聚體。 The dye that can be used as a colorant contained in the composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, and a dye that has been previously known as a color filter can be used. For example, pyrazole azo series, anilino azo series, triphenylmethane series, anthraquinone series, anthrapyridone series, benzylidene series, oxacyanine series, pyrazolotriazole azo series, Dyes such as pyridone azo series, cyanine series, phenothiazine series, pyrrolopyrazole imine series, xanthene series, phthalocyanine series, benzopyran series, indigo series, pyrromethene series, etc. In addition, multimers of these dyes can also be used.

另外,就藉由鹼顯影去除未曝光部的觀點而言,存在可適宜地使用酸性染料及/或其衍生物的情況。 In addition, from the viewpoint of removing unexposed portions by alkali development, there are cases where acid dyes and/or derivatives thereof can be suitably used.

除此以外,亦可有效地使用直接染料、鹼性染料、媒染染料(mordant dye)、酸性媒染染料、偶氮染料(azoic dye)、分散染料、油溶染料、食品染料、及/或該些的衍生物等。 In addition, direct dyes, basic dyes, mordant dyes, acid mordant dyes, azoic dyes, disperse dyes, oil-soluble dyes, food dyes, and/or these can also be effectively used. Derivatives and so on.

以下列舉酸性染料的具體例,但並不限定於該些。例如可列舉:酸性茜素紫(acid alizarin violet)N;酸性黑(acid black)1、酸性黑2、酸性黑24、酸性黑48;酸性藍(acid blue)1、酸性藍7、酸性藍9、酸性藍15、酸性藍18、酸性藍23、酸性藍25、酸性藍27、酸性藍29、酸性藍40~酸性藍45、酸性藍62、酸性藍70、酸性藍74、酸性藍80、酸性藍83、酸性藍86、酸性藍87、酸性藍90、酸性藍92、酸性藍103、酸性藍112、酸性藍113、酸 性藍120、酸性藍129、酸性藍138、酸性藍147、酸性藍158、酸性藍171、酸性藍182、酸性藍192、酸性藍243、酸性藍324:1;酸性鉻紫K(acid chrome violet K);酸性品紅(acid Fuchsin);酸性綠(acid green)1、酸性綠3、酸性綠5、酸性綠9、酸性綠16、酸性綠25、酸性綠27、酸性綠50;酸性橙(acid orange)6、酸性橙7、酸性橙8、酸性橙10、酸性橙12、酸性橙50、酸性橙51、酸性橙52、酸性橙56、酸性橙63、酸性橙74、酸性橙95;酸性紅(acid red)1、酸性紅4、酸性紅8、酸性紅14、酸性紅17、酸性紅18、酸性紅26、酸性紅27、酸性紅29、酸性紅31、酸性紅34、酸性紅35、酸性紅37、酸性紅42、酸性紅44、酸性紅50、酸性紅51、酸性紅52、酸性紅57、酸性紅66、酸性紅73、酸性紅80、酸性紅87、酸性紅88、酸性紅91、酸性紅92、酸性紅94、酸性紅97、酸性紅103、酸性紅111、酸性紅114、酸性紅129、酸性紅133、酸性紅134、酸性紅138、酸性紅143、酸性紅145、酸性紅150、酸性紅151、酸性紅158、酸性紅176、酸性紅183、酸性紅198、酸性紅211、酸性紅215、酸性紅216、酸性紅217、酸性紅249、酸性紅252、酸性紅257、酸性紅260、酸性紅266、酸性紅274;酸性紫(acid violet)6B、酸性紫7、酸性紫9、酸性紫17、酸性紫19;酸性黃(acid yellow)1、酸性黃3、酸性黃7、酸性黃9、酸性黃11、酸性黃17、酸性黃23、酸性黃25、酸性黃29、酸性黃34、酸性黃36、酸性黃42、酸性黃54、酸性黃72、酸性黃73、酸性黃76、酸性黃79、酸性黃98、酸性黃99、酸性 黃111、酸性黃112、酸性黃114、酸性黃116、酸性黃184、酸性黃243;食品黃(Food Yellow)3;及該些染料的衍生物。 Specific examples of acid dyes are listed below, but they are not limited to these. Examples include: acid alizarin violet N; acid black 1, acid black 2, acid black 24, acid black 48; acid blue 1, acid blue 7, acid blue 9 , Acid Blue 15, Acid Blue 18, Acid Blue 23, Acid Blue 25, Acid Blue 27, Acid Blue 29, Acid Blue 40~ Acid Blue 45, Acid Blue 62, Acid Blue 70, Acid Blue 74, Acid Blue 80, Acid Acid Blue 83, Acid Blue 86, Acid Blue 87, Acid Blue 90, Acid Blue 92, Acid Blue 103, Acid Blue 112, Acid Blue 113, Acid Acid blue 120, acid blue 129, acid blue 138, acid blue 147, acid blue 158, acid blue 171, acid blue 182, acid blue 192, acid blue 243, acid blue 324:1; acid chrome violet K (acid chrome violet K); acid Fuchsin; acid green 1, acid green 3, acid green 5, acid green 9, acid green 16, acid green 25, acid green 27, acid green 50; acid orange ( acid orange)6, acid orange 7, acid orange 8, acid orange 10, acid orange 12, acid orange 50, acid orange 51, acid orange 52, acid orange 56, acid orange 63, acid orange 74, acid orange 95; acid Acid red 1, acid red 4, acid red 8, acid red 14, acid red 17, acid red 18, acid red 26, acid red 27, acid red 29, acid red 31, acid red 34, acid red 35 , Acid Red 37, Acid Red 42, Acid Red 44, Acid Red 50, Acid Red 51, Acid Red 52, Acid Red 57, Acid Red 66, Acid Red 73, Acid Red 80, Acid Red 87, Acid Red 88, Acid Red 91, Acid Red 92, Acid Red 94, Acid Red 97, Acid Red 103, Acid Red 111, Acid Red 114, Acid Red 129, Acid Red 133, Acid Red 134, Acid Red 138, Acid Red 143, Acid Red 145 , Acid Red 150, Acid Red 151, Acid Red 158, Acid Red 176, Acid Red 183, Acid Red 198, Acid Red 211, Acid Red 215, Acid Red 216, Acid Red 217, Acid Red 249, Acid Red 252, Acid Red 257, Acid Red 260, Acid Red 266, Acid Red 274; Acid Violet 6B, Acid Violet 7, Acid Violet 9, Acid Violet 17, Acid Violet 19; Acid Yellow 1, Acid Yellow 3 , Acid Yellow 7, Acid Yellow 9, Acid Yellow 11, Acid Yellow 17, Acid Yellow 23, Acid Yellow 25, Acid Yellow 29, Acid Yellow 34, Acid Yellow 36, Acid Yellow 42, Acid Yellow 54, Acid Yellow 72, Acid Yellow 73, Acid Yellow 76, Acid Yellow 79, Acid Yellow 98, Acid Yellow 99, Acid Yellow 111, Acid Yellow 112, Acid Yellow 114, Acid Yellow 116, Acid Yellow 184, Acid Yellow 243; Food Yellow 3; and derivatives of these dyes.

另外,亦較佳為所述以外的偶氮系、呫噸系、酞菁系的酸性染料,且亦可較佳地使用C.I.溶劑藍(Solvent Blue)44、C.I.溶劑藍38;C.I.溶劑橙(Solvent orange)45;玫瑰紅(Rhodamine)B、玫瑰紅110等酸性染料及該些染料的衍生物。 In addition, azo-based, xanthene-based, and phthalocyanine-based acid dyes other than those described above are also preferred, and CI Solvent Blue 44, CI Solvent Blue 38; CI Solvent Orange ( Solvent orange) 45; acid dyes such as Rhodamine B and Rose Bengal 110 and derivatives of these dyes.

其中,作為著色劑,較佳為選自三芳基甲烷系、蒽醌系、甲亞胺系、亞苄基系、氧雜菁系、花青系、啡噻嗪系、吡咯并吡唑甲亞胺系、呫噸系、酞菁系、苯并吡喃系、靛藍系、吡唑偶氮系、苯胺基偶氮系、吡唑并三唑偶氮系、吡啶酮偶氮系、蒽吡啶酮系、吡咯亞甲基系中的著色劑。 Among them, the coloring agent is preferably selected from the group consisting of triarylmethane series, anthraquinone series, azomethine series, benzylidene series, oxacyanine series, cyanine series, phenothiazine series, and pyrrolopyrazomethine series. Amine series, xanthene series, phthalocyanine series, benzopyran series, indigo series, pyrazole azo series, anilino azo series, pyrazolotriazole azo series, pyridone azo series, anthrapyridone Coloring agent in the series and pyrromethene series.

進而,亦可將顏料與染料組合而使用。 Furthermore, a pigment and a dye can also be combined and used.

本發明中可使用的著色劑較佳為染料或顏料。尤其理想的是平均粒徑(r)滿足20nm≦r≦300nm、較佳為125nm≦r≦250nm、特佳為30nm≦r≦200nm的顏料。藉由使用此種平均粒徑的顏料,可獲得為高對比度比且高透光率的畫素。此處所謂的「平均粒徑」,是指關於顏料的一次粒子(單微晶)集合而成的二次粒子的平均粒徑。平均一次粒徑可藉由以下方式而求出:使用掃描式電子顯微鏡(Scanning Electron Microscope,SEM)或穿透式電子顯微鏡(Transmission Electron Microscope,TEM)進行觀察,於粒子未發生凝聚的部分計測100個粒子尺寸,從而算出平均值。 The coloring agent usable in the present invention is preferably a dye or a pigment. It is particularly desirable that the average particle diameter (r) satisfies 20nm≦r≦300nm, preferably 125nm≦r≦250nm, particularly preferably 30nm≦r≦200nm. By using pigments with such an average particle diameter, pixels with high contrast ratio and high light transmittance can be obtained. The "average particle diameter" referred to herein refers to the average particle diameter of secondary particles formed by gathering primary particles (single crystals) of the pigment. The average primary particle size can be determined by the following method: Observe using a Scanning Electron Microscope (SEM) or Transmission Electron Microscope (TEM), and measure the part where the particles have not aggregated 100 The size of each particle to calculate the average value.

另外,本發明中可使用的顏料的二次粒子的粒徑分佈(以下,簡稱為「粒徑分佈」)理想的是處於(平均粒徑±100)nm的二次粒子為整體的70質量%以上,較佳為80質量%以上。再者,於本發明中,粒徑分佈是使用散射強度分佈進行測定。 In addition, the particle size distribution of the secondary particles of the pigment usable in the present invention (hereinafter referred to as "particle size distribution") is desirably 70% by mass of the secondary particles at (average particle diameter ± 100) nm. Above, it is preferably 80% by mass or more. Furthermore, in the present invention, the particle size distribution is measured using the scattering intensity distribution.

具有所述平均粒徑及粒徑分佈的顏料可藉由以下方式製備:製成將市售的顏料與視情況而使用的其他顏料(平均粒徑通常超過300nm)、和較佳為分散劑及溶媒混合而成的顏料混合液,使用例如珠磨機(beads mill)、輥磨機(roll mill)等粉碎機,一面進行粉碎一面混合.分散。以所述方式獲得的顏料通常採用顏料分散液的形態。 The pigment having the average particle size and particle size distribution can be prepared by the following method: a commercially available pigment and other pigments (average particle size usually exceeding 300nm) used as appropriate, and preferably a dispersant and The pigment mixture formed by mixing the solvent is mixed with a crusher such as a bead mill (beads mill) or a roll mill (roll mill). dispersion. The pigment obtained in this manner usually takes the form of a pigment dispersion.

<顏料的微細化> <Miniaturization of Pigments>

於本發明中,視需要可使用微細且經整粒化的有機顏料。顏料的微細化可經由以下步驟達成:製備顏料、水溶性有機溶劑、及水溶性無機鹽類的高黏度的液狀組成物,使用濕式粉碎裝置等施加應力並進行磨碎。 In the present invention, fine and sized organic pigments can be used as needed. The miniaturization of the pigment can be achieved by the following steps: preparing a high-viscosity liquid composition of the pigment, a water-soluble organic solvent, and a water-soluble inorganic salt, applying stress and grinding using a wet grinding device or the like.

作為顏料的微細化步驟中所使用的水溶性有機溶劑,例如可列舉:甲醇、乙醇、異丙醇、正丙醇、異丁醇、正丁醇、乙二醇、二乙二醇、二乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯等。 As the water-soluble organic solvent used in the step of refining the pigment, for example, methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, n-propanol, isobutanol, n-butanol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, diethyl Glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, etc.

另外,只要藉由少量使用便吸附於顏料而不會於廢水中流失,則亦可使用水溶性低、或不具有水溶性的其他溶劑,例如苯、甲苯、二甲苯、乙基苯、氯苯、硝基苯、苯胺、吡啶、喹啉、四 氫呋喃、二噁烷、乙酸乙酯、乙酸異丙酯、乙酸丁酯、己烷、庚烷、辛烷、壬烷、癸烷、十一烷、十二烷、環己烷、甲基環己烷、鹵化烴、丙酮、甲基乙基酮、甲基異丁基酮、環己酮、二甲基甲醯胺、二甲基亞碸、N-甲基吡咯啶酮等。 In addition, as long as it is adsorbed on the pigment by a small amount of use and will not be lost in the wastewater, other solvents with low or insoluble water solubility can also be used, such as benzene, toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene, chlorobenzene , Nitrobenzene, aniline, pyridine, quinoline, four Hydrofuran, dioxane, ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, butyl acetate, hexane, heptane, octane, nonane, decane, undecane, dodecane, cyclohexane, methyl ring Hexane, halogenated hydrocarbons, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, dimethylformamide, dimethyl sulfide, N-methylpyrrolidone, etc.

顏料的微細化步驟中使用的溶劑可僅為一種,視需要亦可將兩種以上混合使用。 The solvent used in the step of refining the pigment may be only one type, or two or more types may be mixed and used as necessary.

於本發明中,作為顏料的微細化步驟中所使用的水溶性無機鹽,可列舉:氯化鈉、氯化鉀、氯化鈣、氯化鋇、硫酸鈉等。 In the present invention, as the water-soluble inorganic salt used in the step of refining the pigment, sodium chloride, potassium chloride, calcium chloride, barium chloride, sodium sulfate, etc. can be cited.

微細化步驟中的水溶性無機鹽的使用量為顏料的1質量倍~50質量倍,量多者更存在磨碎效果,但就生產性的觀點而言,更佳的量為1質量倍~10質量倍。另外,較佳為使用水分為1%以下的無機鹽類。 The amount of water-soluble inorganic salt used in the refining step is 1 mass times to 50 mass times that of the pigment, and the larger amount has a grinding effect, but from the viewpoint of productivity, the more preferable amount is 1 mass times~ 10 times the quality. In addition, it is preferable to use inorganic salts with a moisture content of 1% or less.

相對於顏料100質量份,微細化步驟中的水溶性有機溶劑的使用量較佳為50質量份~300質量份,更佳為100質量份~200質量份。 The amount of the water-soluble organic solvent used in the refining step is preferably 50 parts by mass to 300 parts by mass, and more preferably 100 parts by mass to 200 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the pigment.

關於顏料的微細化步驟中的濕式粉碎裝置的運轉條件,並無特別限制,為了使利用粉碎介質的磨碎有效地進行,關於裝置為捏合機時的運轉條件,裝置內的葉片(blade)的轉速較佳為10rpm~200rpm,另外,2軸的旋轉比相對較大者的磨碎效果大而較佳。運轉時間與乾式粉碎時間合計較佳為1小時~8小時,裝置的內溫較佳為50℃~150℃。另外,作為粉碎介質的水溶性無機鹽較佳為粉碎粒度為5μm~50μm、粒徑的分佈尖銳且為球形。 Regarding the operating conditions of the wet pulverizing device in the step of refining the pigment, there is no particular limitation. In order to effectively perform the grinding with the pulverizing medium, the operating conditions when the device is a kneader are the blades in the device. The rotation speed is preferably 10rpm~200rpm. In addition, the grinding effect of the two-axis rotation ratio is larger and better. The total operation time and dry pulverization time are preferably 1 hour to 8 hours, and the internal temperature of the device is preferably 50°C to 150°C. In addition, the water-soluble inorganic salt as the grinding medium preferably has a grinding particle size of 5 μm to 50 μm, a sharp particle size distribution and a spherical shape.

<顏料的調合(配色)> <The blending of pigments (color matching)>

該些有機顏料可單獨使用或為了提昇色純度而將多種組合使用。將所述組合的具體例示於以下。例如,作為紅色顏料,可單獨使用蒽醌系顏料、苝系顏料、二酮吡咯并吡咯系顏料,或者可使用該些顏料的至少一種與雙偶氮系黃色顏料、異吲哚啉系黃色顏料、喹酞酮系黃色顏料或苝系紅色顏料、蒽醌系紅色顏料、二酮吡咯并吡咯系紅色顏料的混合等。例如,作為蒽醌系顏料,可列舉C.I.顏料紅177,作為苝系顏料,可列舉C.I.顏料紅155、C.I.顏料紅224,作為二酮吡咯并吡咯系顏料,可列舉C.I.顏料紅254,就顏色再現性的觀點而言,較佳為與C.I.顏料黃83、C.I.顏料黃139或C.I.顏料紅177的混合。另外,紅色顏料與其他顏料的質量比較佳為100:5~100:80。於該範圍內,可抑制400nm~500nm的透光率,謀求色純度的提高,且可達成充分的顯色力。尤其,作為所述質量比,最佳為100:10~100:65的範圍。再者,於紅色顏料彼此的組合的情況下,可對照色度進行調整。 These organic pigments can be used alone or in combination of multiple types in order to improve color purity. Specific examples of the combination are shown below. For example, as red pigments, anthraquinone-based pigments, perylene-based pigments, and diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigments can be used alone, or at least one of these pigments can be used together with bisazo-based yellow pigments and isoindoline-based yellow pigments. , A mixture of quinophthalone-based yellow pigments or perylene-based red pigments, anthraquinone-based red pigments, and diketopyrrolopyrrole-based red pigments. For example, as anthraquinone pigments, CI Pigment Red 177 can be cited, as perylene pigments, CI Pigment Red 155 and CI Pigment Red 224 can be cited, and as diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments, CI Pigment Red 254 can be cited. From the viewpoint of reproducibility, mixing with CI Pigment Yellow 83, CI Pigment Yellow 139, or CI Pigment Red 177 is preferable. In addition, the quality of red pigment and other pigments is better than 100:5~100:80. Within this range, the light transmittance of 400 nm to 500 nm can be suppressed, the color purity can be improved, and sufficient color rendering power can be achieved. In particular, as the mass ratio, the range of 100:10 to 100:65 is best. Furthermore, in the case of a combination of red pigments, it can be adjusted according to chromaticity.

另外,作為綠色的顏料,可單獨使用一種鹵化酞菁系顏料,或者可使用其與雙偶氮系黃色顏料、喹酞酮系黃色顏料、甲亞胺系黃色顏料或異吲哚啉系黃色顏料的混合。例如,作為此種例子,較佳為C.I.顏料綠7、C.I.顏料綠36、C.I.顏料綠37、C.I.顏料綠58與C.I.顏料黃83、C.I.顏料黃138、C.I.顏料黃139、C.I.顏料黃150、C.I.顏料黃180或C.I.顏料黃185的混合。綠顏料與黃色顏料的質量比較佳為100:5~100:200。於所述範圍的質量 比內,可抑制400nm~450nm的透光率,可謀求色純度的提高,且可主波長並不靠近長波長地獲得對應於設定位置的美國國家電視系統委員會(National Television System Committee,NTSC)目標色相附近的色相。所述質量比特佳為100:20~100:150的範圍。 In addition, as a green pigment, a halogenated phthalocyanine-based pigment can be used alone, or it can be used in combination with a bisazo-based yellow pigment, a quinophthalone-based yellow pigment, an azomethine-based yellow pigment, or an isoindoline-based yellow pigment the mix of. For example, as such an example, CI Pigment Green 7, CI Pigment Green 36, CI Pigment Green 37, CI Pigment Green 58 and CI Pigment Yellow 83, CI Pigment Yellow 138, CI Pigment Yellow 139, CI Pigment Yellow 150, A blend of CI Pigment Yellow 180 or CI Pigment Yellow 185. The quality of green pigment and yellow pigment is better than 100:5~100:200. Quality in the range Binet can suppress light transmittance from 400nm to 450nm, improve color purity, and achieve the National Television System Committee (NTSC) target corresponding to the set position without the dominant wavelength being close to the long wavelength Hue near the hue. The quality bit is in the range of 100:20 to 100:150.

作為藍色顏料,可單獨使用一種酞菁系顏料、或者可使用其與二噁嗪系紫色顏料的混合。作為尤其適宜的例子,可列舉C.I.顏料藍15:6與C.I.顏料紫23的混合。 As the blue pigment, one kind of phthalocyanine-based pigment may be used alone, or a mixture thereof with a dioxazine-based purple pigment may be used. As a particularly suitable example, a mixture of C.I. Pigment Blue 15:6 and C.I. Pigment Violet 23 can be cited.

藍色顏料與紫色顏料的質量比較佳為100:0~100:100,更佳為100:70以下。 The quality of blue pigment and purple pigment is preferably 100:0~100:100, and more preferably 100:70 or less.

作為顏料,可使用無機顏料,作為無機顏料,例如可列舉:包含金屬顏料、金屬化合物及金屬氧化物等的含金屬的無機顏料、碳黑、金屬硼化物等。 As the pigment, inorganic pigments can be used. Examples of inorganic pigments include metal-containing inorganic pigments including metal pigments, metal compounds, metal oxides, and the like, carbon black, and metal borides.

另外,本發明的組成物不僅可用於彩色濾光片的著色區域(畫素)的形成,亦可用於黑色矩陣及遮光膜等的形成,作為黑色矩陣形成用組成物及遮光膜形成用組成物等中所使用的黑色、或具有紅外線遮光性的顏料,除碳、鈦黑、氧化鐵、氧化鈦、銀錫、銀、鎢化合物、金屬硼化物等以外,亦可使用包含含有氧化鈦等金屬氧化物的金屬混合物等的顏料。就遮光性優異的觀點而言,較佳為碳、鈦黑、鎢化合物、金屬硼化物,進而就感度優異的觀點而言,更佳為鈦黑、鎢化合物、金屬硼化物。 In addition, the composition of the present invention can be used not only for the formation of colored regions (pixels) of color filters, but also for the formation of black matrices and light-shielding films, etc., as a composition for forming a black matrix and a composition for forming a light-shielding film In addition to carbon, titanium black, iron oxide, titanium oxide, silver tin, silver, tungsten compounds, metal borides, etc., black or infrared-shielding pigments used in other materials can also be used including metals containing titanium oxide Pigments such as oxides and metal mixtures. From the viewpoint of excellent light-shielding properties, carbon, titanium black, tungsten compound, and metal boride are preferable, and from the viewpoint of excellent sensitivity, titanium black, tungsten compound, and metal boride are more preferable.

該些顏料可併用兩種以上,另外,亦可與所述染料、後 述的染料及有機顏料等併用。為了調整色澤、或者為了提高所期望的波長區域的遮光性,例如可列舉於黑色、或具有紅外線遮光性的顏料中混合「顏料的調合」一欄中所列舉的有彩色顏料的態樣。較佳為於黑色、或具有紅外線遮光性的顏料中包含紅色顏料或染料、與紫色顏料或染料,特佳為於黑色、或具有紅外線遮光性的顏料中包含紅色顏料。 These pigments can be used in combination of two or more, and can also be combined with the dyes and The aforementioned dyes and organic pigments are used together. In order to adjust the color, or to improve the light-shielding properties in a desired wavelength region, for example, black or a pigment having infrared light-shielding properties may be mixed with the color pigments listed in the column of "pigment mixing". It is preferable to include a red pigment or dye, and a purple pigment or dye in black or a pigment having infrared light-shielding properties, and it is particularly preferable to include a red pigment in black or a pigment having infrared light-shielding properties.

以下,對鈦黑分散物進行詳述。 Hereinafter, the titanium black dispersion will be described in detail.

鈦黑分散物為含有鈦黑作為有色材料的分散物。 The titanium black dispersion is a dispersion containing titanium black as a colored material.

藉由在本發明的組成物中包含鈦黑作為預先製備的鈦黑分散物,提高鈦黑的分散性、分散穩定性。 By including titanium black as a titanium black dispersion prepared in advance in the composition of the present invention, the dispersibility and dispersion stability of titanium black are improved.

以下,對鈦黑進行說明。 Hereinafter, titanium black will be described.

<鈦黑> <Titanium Black>

所謂鈦黑,是指具有鈦原子的黑色粒子。較佳為低次氧化鈦及氮氧化鈦等。出於提高分散性、抑制凝聚性等目的,可視需要對鈦黑粒子的表面進行修飾。可由氧化矽、氧化鈦、氧化鍺、氧化鋁、氧化鎂、氧化鋯進行被覆,另外,亦可進行使用日本專利特開2007-302836號公報中所示的撥水性物質的處理。 The so-called titanium black refers to black particles having titanium atoms. Preferred are low-order titanium oxide and titanium oxynitride. For purposes such as improving dispersibility and suppressing cohesion, the surface of the titanium black particles may be modified as necessary. It can be coated with silicon oxide, titanium oxide, germanium oxide, aluminum oxide, magnesium oxide, or zirconium oxide. In addition, treatment using a water-repellent substance shown in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2007-302836 can also be performed.

鈦黑粒子的粒徑並無特別限制,就分散性、著色性的觀點而言,較佳為3nm~2000nm,更佳為10nm~500nm,進而佳為20nm~200nm。 The particle size of the titanium black particles is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of dispersibility and colorability, it is preferably 3 nm to 2000 nm, more preferably 10 nm to 500 nm, and still more preferably 20 nm to 200 nm.

鈦黑的比表面積並無特別限定,為了使利用撥水化劑對所述鈦黑進行表面處理後的撥水性成為既定的性能,利用布厄特 (Brunauer-Emmett-Teller,BET)法測定的值通常為5m2/g~150m2/g左右,特佳為20m2/g~100m2/g左右。 The specific surface area of titanium black is not particularly limited. In order to make the water repellency after surface treatment of the titanium black with a water repellent agent become a predetermined performance, it is measured by the Brunauer-Emmett-Teller (BET) method The value is usually about 5m 2 /g~150m 2 /g, particularly preferably about 20m 2 /g~100m 2 /g.

作為鈦黑的市售品的例子,例如可列舉:三菱材料公司製造的鈦黑(titanium black)10S、12S、13R、13M、13M-C、13R-N,赤穗化成(股份)製造的泰拉庫(Tilack)D等,但本發明並不限定於該些。 As an example of a commercially available product of titanium black, for example, titanium black (titanium black) 10S, 12S, 13R, 13M, 13M-C, 13R-N manufactured by Mitsubishi Materials Co., Ltd., and Thai Tilack D etc., but the present invention is not limited to these.

以下,對鎢化合物、及金屬硼化物進行詳述。 Hereinafter, the tungsten compound and metal boride will be described in detail.

本發明的組成物可使用鎢化合物、及/或金屬硼化物。 The composition of the present invention can use tungsten compounds and/or metal borides.

鎢化合物、及金屬硼化物為對紅外線(波長為約800nm~1200nm的光)的吸收高(即,對紅外線的遮光性(遮蔽性)高)且對可見光的吸收低的紅外線遮蔽材。因此,本發明的組成物藉由含有鎢化合物、及/或金屬硼化物而可形成紅外區域中的遮光性高且可見光區域中的透光性高的圖案。 Tungsten compounds and metal borides are infrared shielding materials that have high absorption of infrared rays (light with a wavelength of about 800 nm to 1200 nm) (that is, high light-shielding properties (shielding properties) for infrared rays) and low absorption of visible light. Therefore, the composition of the present invention can form a pattern with high light-shielding properties in the infrared region and high light-transmitting properties in the visible light region by containing a tungsten compound and/or a metal boride.

另外,鎢化合物、及金屬硼化物對於波長短於圖像形成中所使用的、高壓水銀燈、KrF、ArF等的曝光中所使用的可見區域的光的吸收亦小。因此,藉由與後述的聚合性化合物、鹼可溶性樹脂、及光聚合起始劑組合,可於獲得優異的圖案的同時,於圖案形成中進一步抑制殘渣。 In addition, tungsten compounds and metal borides also have a small absorption of light in the visible region used in exposure of high-pressure mercury lamps, KrF, ArF, etc., which have a shorter wavelength than that used in image formation. Therefore, by combining with the polymerizable compound, alkali-soluble resin, and photopolymerization initiator described later, it is possible to obtain an excellent pattern while further suppressing residues during pattern formation.

作為鎢化合物,可列舉氧化鎢系化合物、硼化鎢系化合物、硫化鎢系化合物等,較佳為由下述通式(組成式)(I)所表示的氧化鎢系化合物。 Examples of the tungsten compound include tungsten oxide-based compounds, tungsten boride-based compounds, tungsten sulfide-based compounds, and the like, and are preferably tungsten oxide-based compounds represented by the following general formula (composition formula) (I).

MxWyOz…(I) M x W y O z …(I)

M表示金屬,W表示鎢,O表示氧。 M represents metal, W represents tungsten, and O represents oxygen.

0.001≦x/y≦1.1 0.001≦x/y≦1.1

2.2≦z/y≦3.0 2.2≦z/y≦3.0

作為M的金屬,例如可列舉:鹼金屬、鹼土金屬、Mg、Zr、Cr、Mn、Fe、Ru、Co、Rh、Ir、Ni、Pd、Pt、Cu、Ag、Au、Zn、Cd、Al、Ga、In、Tl、Sn、Pb、Ti、Nb、V、Mo、Ta、Re、Be、Hf、Os、Bi等,較佳為鹼金屬。M的金屬可為一種亦可為兩種以上。 Examples of the metal of M include alkali metals, alkaline earth metals, Mg, Zr, Cr, Mn, Fe, Ru, Co, Rh, Ir, Ni, Pd, Pt, Cu, Ag, Au, Zn, Cd, Al , Ga, In, Tl, Sn, Pb, Ti, Nb, V, Mo, Ta, Re, Be, Hf, Os, Bi, etc., preferably alkali metals. The metal of M may be one type or two or more types.

M較佳為鹼金屬,更佳為Rb或Cs,進而佳為Cs。 M is preferably an alkali metal, more preferably Rb or Cs, and still more preferably Cs.

藉由x/y為0.001以上,可充分遮蔽紅外線,藉由為1.1以下,可更確實地避免於鎢化合物中生成雜質相。 When x/y is 0.001 or more, infrared rays can be sufficiently shielded, and when it is 1.1 or less, the generation of impurity phases in the tungsten compound can be more reliably avoided.

藉由z/y為2.2以上,可進一步提高作為材料的化學穩定性,藉由為3.0以下,可充分遮蔽紅外線。 When z/y is 2.2 or more, the chemical stability as a material can be further improved, and when it is 3.0 or less, infrared rays can be sufficiently shielded.

作為由所述通式(I)所表示的氧化鎢系化合物的具體例,可列舉Cs0.33WO3、Rb0.33WO3、K0.33WO3、Ba0.33WO3等,較佳為Cs0.33WO3或Rb0.33WO3,更佳為Cs0.33WO3Specific examples of the tungsten oxide compound represented by the general formula (I) include Cs 0.33 WO 3 , Rb 0.33 WO 3 , K 0.33 WO 3 , Ba 0.33 WO 3 and the like, and Cs 0.33 WO 3 is preferred. Or Rb 0.33 WO 3 , more preferably Cs 0.33 WO 3 .

鎢化合物較佳為微粒子。鎢微粒子的平均粒徑較佳為800nm以下,更佳為400nm以下,進而佳為200nm以下。藉由平均 粒徑為此種範圍,鎢微粒子因光散射而難以阻斷可見光,因此可使可見光區域中的透光性更確實。就避免光散射的觀點而言,平均粒徑越小越佳,但就製造時的處理容易性等理由而言,鎢微粒子的平均粒徑通常為1nm以上。 The tungsten compound is preferably fine particles. The average particle size of the tungsten fine particles is preferably 800 nm or less, more preferably 400 nm or less, and still more preferably 200 nm or less. By averaging With a particle size in this range, it is difficult for the tungsten fine particles to block visible light due to light scattering, and therefore the light transmittance in the visible light region can be made more reliable. From the viewpoint of avoiding light scattering, the smaller the average particle size is, the better, but for reasons such as ease of handling during production, the average particle size of the tungsten fine particles is usually 1 nm or more.

另外,鎢化合物可使用兩種以上。 In addition, two or more types of tungsten compounds can be used.

鎢化合物可作為市售品而獲得,於鎢化合物例如為氧化鎢系化合物的情況下,氧化鎢系化合物可藉由在惰性氣體氣氛或還原性氣體氣氛中對鎢化合物進行熱處理的方法而獲得(參照日本專利第4096205號公報)。 Tungsten compounds can be obtained as commercially available products. When the tungsten compound is a tungsten oxide compound, the tungsten oxide compound can be obtained by heat-treating the tungsten compound in an inert gas atmosphere or a reducing gas atmosphere ( (Refer to Japanese Patent No. 4096205).

另外,氧化鎢系化合物例如亦可作為住友金屬礦山股份有限公司製造的YMF-02等鎢微粒子的分散物而獲得。 In addition, the tungsten oxide compound can also be obtained as a dispersion of tungsten fine particles such as YMF-02 manufactured by Sumitomo Metal Mining Co., Ltd., for example.

另外,作為金屬硼化物,可列舉硼化鑭(LaB6)、硼化鐠(PrB6)、硼化釹(NdB6)、硼化鈰(CeB6)、硼化釔(YB6)、硼化鈦(TiB2)、硼化鋯(ZrB2)、硼化鉿(HfB2)、硼化釩(VB2)、硼化鉭(TaB2)、硼化鉻(CrB、CrB2)、硼化鉬(MoB2、Mo2B5、MoB)、硼化鎢(W2B5)等的一種或兩種以上,較佳為硼化鑭(LaB6)。 In addition, as the metal borides, lanthanum boride (LaB 6 ), talc boride (PrB 6 ), neodymium boride (NdB 6 ), cerium boride (CeB 6 ), yttrium boride (YB 6 ), boron Titanium (TiB 2 ), zirconium boride (ZrB 2 ), hafnium boride (HfB 2 ), vanadium boride (VB 2 ), tantalum boride (TaB 2 ), chromium boride (CrB, CrB 2 ), boron One or more of molybdenum (MoB 2 , Mo 2 B 5 , MoB), tungsten boride (W 2 B 5 ), etc., and lanthanum boride (LaB 6 ) is preferred.

金屬硼化物較佳為微粒子。金屬硼化物微粒子的平均粒徑較佳為800nm以下,更佳為300nm以下,進而佳為100nm以下。藉由平均粒徑為此種範圍,金屬硼化物微粒子因光散射而難以阻斷可見光,因此可使可見光區域中的透光性更確實。就避免光散射的觀點而言,平均粒徑越小越佳,但就製造時的處理容易 性等理由而言,金屬硼化物微粒子的平均粒徑通常為1nm以上。 The metal boride is preferably fine particles. The average particle diameter of the metal boride fine particles is preferably 800 nm or less, more preferably 300 nm or less, and still more preferably 100 nm or less. When the average particle size is in this range, the metal boride fine particles are difficult to block visible light due to light scattering, and therefore, the light transmittance in the visible light region can be made more reliable. From the viewpoint of avoiding light scattering, the smaller the average particle size, the better, but it is easy to handle during manufacturing For reasons such as performance, the average particle size of the metal boride fine particles is usually 1 nm or more.

另外,金屬硼化物可使用兩種以上。 In addition, two or more types of metal borides can be used.

金屬硼化物可作為市售品而獲得,例如亦可作為住友金屬礦山股份有限公司製造的KHF-7等金屬硼化物微粒子的分散物而獲得。 The metal boride can be obtained as a commercially available product, for example, it can also be obtained as a dispersion of metal boride fine particles such as KHF-7 manufactured by Sumitomo Metal Mining Co., Ltd.

於本發明的組成物的總固體成分中,本發明的組成物中所含有的著色劑的含量較佳為20質量%~95質量%,更佳為25質量%~90質量%,進而佳為30質量%~80質量%。 In the total solid content of the composition of the present invention, the content of the coloring agent contained in the composition of the present invention is preferably 20% by mass to 95% by mass, more preferably 25% by mass to 90% by mass, and still more preferably 30% to 80% by mass.

<染料> <Dye>

以下,對本發明的著色感放射線性組成物可含有的染料更詳細地進行說明。 Hereinafter, the dye which can be contained in the colored radiation composition of this invention is demonstrated in detail.

染料並無特別限制,可使用先前作為彩色濾光片用而公知的染料。例如,可使用染料的單量體及染料的多聚體。具體而言,可使用吡唑偶氮系、苯胺基偶氮系、三苯基甲烷系、蒽醌系、蒽吡啶酮系、亞苄基系、氧雜菁系、吡唑并三唑偶氮系、吡啶酮偶氮系、花青系、啡噻嗪系、吡咯并吡唑甲亞胺系、呫噸系、酞菁系、苯并吡喃系、靛藍系、吡咯亞甲基系、次甲基系等的染料。另外,亦可使用該些染料的多聚體。 The dye is not particularly limited, and dyes previously known as color filters can be used. For example, single dyes and dye multimers can be used. Specifically, pyrazole azo series, anilino azo series, triphenylmethane series, anthraquinone series, anthrapyridone series, benzylidene series, oxacyanine series, pyrazolotriazole azo series can be used. Series, pyridone azo series, cyanine series, phenothiazine series, pyrrolopyrazolimide series, xanthene series, phthalocyanine series, benzopyran series, indigo series, pyrromethene series, sub Methyl-based dyes. In addition, multimers of these dyes can also be used.

另外,於進行水或鹼顯影的情況下,就藉由顯影而完全去除光未照射部的黏合劑及/或染料的觀點而言,存在可適宜地使用酸性染料及/或其衍生物的情況。 In addition, in the case of water or alkali development, from the viewpoint of completely removing the binder and/or dye in the light-unirradiated area by development, there are cases where acid dyes and/or derivatives thereof can be suitably used .

本發明中所使用的染料較佳為具有源自選自二吡咯亞甲基色 素、偶氮色素、蒽醌色素、三苯基甲烷色素、呫噸色素、花青色素、方酸內鎓鹽色素、喹酞酮色素、酞菁色素及亞酞菁色素中的色素的部分結構。 The dye used in the present invention preferably has a color derived from dipyrromethene Partial structure of pigments in pigments, azo pigments, anthraquinone pigments, triphenylmethane pigments, xanthene pigments, cyanine pigments, squaraine pigments, quinophthalone pigments, phthalocyanine pigments and subphthalocyanine pigments .

進而,本發明中所使用的染料較佳為具有部分結構、及聚合性基的多聚體,更佳為包含二聚體、三聚體及聚合物等結構。 Furthermore, the dye used in the present invention is preferably a multimer having a partial structure and a polymerizable group, and more preferably includes a structure such as a dimer, a trimer, and a polymer.

於本發明中所使用的染料中,構成源自色素的部分結構的所述各色素較佳為具有最大吸收波長存在於400nm~780nm的範圍內的色素骨架。該染料於本發明的著色感放射線性組成物中例如作為著色劑而發揮功能。 In the dye used in the present invention, each of the dyes constituting the partial structure derived from the dye preferably has a dye skeleton having a maximum absorption wavelength in the range of 400 nm to 780 nm. This dye functions as a coloring agent in the coloring radiation composition of this invention, for example.

再者,所謂「源自色素的部分結構」,是表示自可形成後述的色素結構的具體的色素(以下,亦稱為色素化合物)去除氫原子而成的可與色素多聚體連結部(聚合物鏈或樹枝狀聚合物(dendrimer)的核等)連結的結構。 In addition, the "partial structure derived from a pigment" refers to a specific pigment (hereinafter, also referred to as a pigment compound) that can form a pigment structure described later by removing hydrogen atoms that can be connected to a pigment polymer ( A structure in which polymer chains or dendrimer cores, etc.) are connected.

(源自色素的部分結構) (Partial structure derived from pigment)

作為本發明的著色感放射線性組成物中使用的染料中的源自色素的部分結構(以下,亦稱為「色素結構」),例如可列舉選自如下色素中的色素結構等:醌色素(苯醌色素、萘醌色素、蒽醌色素、蒽吡啶酮色素等)、碳鎓色素(二苯基甲烷色素、三苯基甲烷色素、呫噸色素、吖啶色素等)、醌亞胺色素(噁嗪色素、噻嗪(thiazine)色素等)、吖嗪(azine)色素、聚次甲基色素(氧雜菁色素、部花青色素、亞芳基色素、苯乙烯基色素、花青色素、方酸內鎓鹽色素、克酮鎓色素等)、喹酞酮色素、酞菁色素、亞酞 菁色素、紫環酮色素、靛藍色素、硫靛藍色素、喹啉色素、硝基色素、亞硝基色素、二吡咯亞甲基色素、偶氮色素及該些的金屬錯合物色素。 As the partial structure derived from the pigment in the dye used in the coloring radiation composition of the present invention (hereinafter, also referred to as "pigment structure"), for example, a dye structure selected from the following dyes and the like: quinone dye ( Benzoquinone dye, naphthoquinone dye, anthraquinone dye, anthrapyridone dye, etc.), carbonium dye (diphenylmethane dye, triphenylmethane dye, xanthene dye, acridine dye, etc.), quinoneimine dye ( Oxazine pigments, thiazine pigments, etc.), azine pigments, polymethine pigments (oxocyanine pigments, merocyanine pigments, arylene pigments, styryl pigments, cyanine pigments, etc.) Squaraine ylide pigment, croconium pigment, etc.), quinophthalone pigment, phthalocyanine pigment, subphthalein Cyanine pigments, periconone pigments, indigo pigments, thioindigo pigments, quinoline pigments, nitro pigments, nitroso pigments, dipyrromethene pigments, azo pigments, and metal complex pigments thereof.

該些色素結構之中,就分色性、基板密接性及表面粗糙度的觀點而言,特佳為選自二吡咯亞甲基色素、偶氮色素、蒽醌色素、三苯基甲烷色素、呫噸色素、花青色素、方酸內鎓鹽色素、喹酞酮色素、酞菁色素、亞酞菁色素中的色素結構。 Among these dye structures, in terms of color separation, substrate adhesion, and surface roughness, it is particularly preferred to be selected from the group consisting of dipyrromethene dyes, azo dyes, anthraquinone dyes, triphenylmethane dyes, The pigment structure of xanthene pigments, cyanine pigments, squaraine pigments, quinophthalone pigments, phthalocyanine pigments, and subphthalocyanine pigments.

本發明中所使用的染料亦可藉由選自下述取代基群組A中的取代基來取代色素結構中的氫原子。 The dye used in the present invention may be substituted for the hydrogen atom in the dye structure by a substituent selected from the following substituent group A.

(取代基群組A) (Substituent Group A)

作為色素多聚體可具有的取代基,可列舉:鹵素原子、烷基、環烷基、烯基、環烯基、炔基、芳基、雜環基、氰基、羥基、硝基、羧基、烷氧基、芳氧基、矽烷氧基、雜環氧基、醯氧基、胺甲醯氧基、胺基(包含烷基胺基、苯胺基)、醯基胺基、胺基羰基胺基、烷氧基羰基胺基、芳氧基羰基胺基、胺磺醯基胺基、烷基磺醯基胺基或芳基磺醯基胺基、巰基、烷硫基、芳硫基、雜環硫基、胺磺醯基、磺基、烷基亞磺醯基或芳基亞磺醯基、烷基磺醯基或芳基磺醯基、醯基、芳氧基羰基、烷氧基羰基、胺甲醯基、芳基偶氮基或雜環偶氮基、醯亞胺基、膦基、氧膦基、氧膦基氧基、氧膦基胺基、矽烷基等。 Examples of substituents that the dye multimer may have include halogen atoms, alkyl groups, cycloalkyl groups, alkenyl groups, cycloalkenyl groups, alkynyl groups, aryl groups, heterocyclic groups, cyano groups, hydroxyl groups, nitro groups, and carboxyl groups. , Alkoxy, aryloxy, silanyloxy, heterocyclic oxy, acyloxy, carbamoyloxy, amine (including alkylamino, anilino), acylamino, aminocarbonylamine Group, alkoxycarbonylamino group, aryloxycarbonylamino group, sulfamoylamino group, alkylsulfonylamino group or arylsulfonylamino group, mercapto, alkylthio, arylthio, hetero Sulfonyl, sulfasulfonyl, sulfo, alkylsulfinyl or arylsulfinyl, alkylsulfinyl or arylsulfonyl, sulfonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl , Carboxamide, arylazo or heterocyclic azo, imino, phosphino, phosphinyl, phosphinyloxy, phosphinylamino, silyl, etc.

關於詳細情況,例如可參考日本專利特開2013-29760號公報的段落0027~段落0038,其內容可被編入至本申請案說明書中。 For details, for example, paragraph 0027 to paragraph 0038 of JP 2013-29760 A can be referred to, and the content can be incorporated into the specification of this application.

以下,對特佳的色素骨架進行說明。 Hereinafter, a particularly preferable pigment skeleton will be described.

(蒽醌色素) (Anthraquinone Pigment)

作為具有源自蒽醌色素(蒽醌化合物)的部分結構者,較佳為源自由下述通式(AQ-1)~通式(AQ-3)所表示的化合物(蒽醌化合物)的部分結構。於本發明中,所謂蒽醌化合物,是指分子內具有包含蒽醌骨架的色素部位的化合物的總稱。 Those having a partial structure derived from an anthraquinone dye (anthraquinone compound) are preferably those derived from compounds (anthraquinone compounds) represented by the following general formulas (AQ-1) to (AQ-3) structure. In the present invention, the term "anthraquinone compound" refers to a general term for compounds having a dye site including an anthraquinone skeleton in the molecule.

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0026-1
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0026-1

通式(AQ-1)中,A及B分別獨立地表示胺基、羥基、烷氧基或氫原子。Xqa表示ORqa1或NRqa2Rqa3。Rqa1~Rqa3分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基。Rq1~Rq4表示取代基。Rq1~Rq4可採用的取代基與取代基群組A一項中所列舉的取代基相同。Ra及Rb分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基。 In the general formula (AQ-1), A and B each independently represent an amino group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, or a hydrogen atom. Xqa represents ORqa 1 or NRqa 2 Rqa 3 . Rqa 1 to Rqa 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group. Rq 1 to Rq 4 represent substituents. The substituents that can be used for Rq 1 to Rq 4 are the same as those listed in the Substituent Group A section. Ra and Rb each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group.

通式(AQ-2)中,C及D的含義與通式(AQ-1)中的A及B相同。Xqb表示ORqb1或NRqb2Rqb3。Rqb1~Rqb3分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基。Rq5~Rq8表示取代基。Rq5~Rq8的含義與通式(AQ-1)中的Rq1~Rq4相同。Rc的含義與通式(AQ-1) 中的Ra或Rb相同。 In general formula (AQ-2), C and D have the same meanings as A and B in general formula (AQ-1). Xqb represents ORqb 1 or NRqb 2 Rqb 3 . Rqb 1 to Rqb 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group. Rq 5 to Rq 8 represent substituents. The meanings of Rq 5 to Rq 8 are the same as Rq 1 to Rq 4 in the general formula (AQ-1). The meaning of Rc is the same as that of Ra or Rb in the general formula (AQ-1).

通式(AQ-3)中,E及F的含義與通式(AQ-1)中的A及B相同。Xqc表示ORqc1或NRqc2Rqc3。Rqc1~Rqc3分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基。Rq9~Rq12的含義與通式(AQ-1)中的Rq1~Rq4相同。Rd的含義與通式(AQ-1)中的Ra或Rb相同。 In the general formula (AQ-3), the meanings of E and F are the same as those of A and B in the general formula (AQ-1). Xqc represents ORqc 1 or NRqc 2 Rqc 3 . Rqc 1 to Rqc 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group. The meanings of Rq 9 to Rq 12 are the same as Rq 1 to Rq 4 in the general formula (AQ-1). The meaning of Rd is the same as Ra or Rb in the general formula (AQ-1).

作為通式(AQ-1)、通式(AQ-2)及通式(AQ-3)的較佳的範圍,例如可參考日本專利特開2013-29760號公報的段落0045~段落0047,其內容可被編入至本申請案說明書中。 As a preferable range of the general formula (AQ-1), the general formula (AQ-2), and the general formula (AQ-3), for example, reference may be made to paragraphs 0045 to 0047 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-29760, which The content can be incorporated into the description of this application.

作為蒽醌色素的具體例,例如可參考日本專利特開2013-29760號公報的段落0049、段落0050,其內容可被編入至本申請案說明書中。 As a specific example of the anthraquinone dye, for example, paragraph 0049 and paragraph 0050 of JP 2013-29760 A can be referred to, and the content can be incorporated into the specification of this application.

(三苯基甲烷色素) (Triphenylmethane pigment)

作為具有源自三苯基甲烷色素(三苯基甲烷化合物)的部分結構者,較佳為源自由下述通式(TP)所表示的化合物(三苯基甲烷化合物)的部分結構。於本發明中,所謂三苯基甲烷化合物,是指分子內具有包含三苯基甲烷骨架的色素部位的化合物的總稱。 The one having a partial structure derived from a triphenylmethane dye (triphenylmethane compound) is preferably a partial structure derived from a compound (triphenylmethane compound) represented by the following general formula (TP). In the present invention, the term “triphenylmethane compound” refers to a general term for compounds having a dye site including a triphenylmethane skeleton in the molecule.

式(TP)[化2]

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0028-2
Formula (TP) [化2]
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0028-2

式(TP)中,Rtp1~Rtp4分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基。Rtp5表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或NRtp9Rtp10(Rtp9及Rtp10表示氫原子、烷基或芳基)。Rtp6、Rtp7及Rtp8表示取代基。a、b及c表示0~4的整數。於a、b及c為2以上的情況下,Rtp6、Rtp7及Rtp8可分別連結而形成環。X-表示陰離子結構。於不存在X-的情況下,Rtp1~Rtp7的至少一個包含陰離子。 In formula (TP), Rtp 1 to Rtp 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group. Rtp 5 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or NRtp 9 Rtp 10 (Rtp 9 and Rtp 10 represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group). Rtp 6 , Rtp 7 and Rtp 8 represent substituents. a, b, and c represent an integer of 0-4. When a, b, and c are 2 or more, Rtp 6 , Rtp 7 and Rtp 8 may be connected to each other to form a ring. X - represents an anionic structure. In the absence of X - , at least one of Rtp 1 to Rtp 7 contains an anion.

作為通式(TP)的較佳的範圍,例如可參考日本專利特開2013-29760號公報的段落0055~段落0062,其內容可被編入至本申請案說明書中。 As a preferred range of the general formula (TP), for example, paragraph 0055 to paragraph 0062 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-29760 can be referred to, and the content can be incorporated into the specification of this application.

(呫噸色素) (Xanthene pigment)

作為具有源自呫噸色素(呫噸化合物)的部分結構者,較佳為源自由下述通式(J)所表示的呫噸化合物的部分結構。 The one having a partial structure derived from a xanthene dye (xanthene compound) is preferably a partial structure derived from a xanthene compound represented by the following general formula (J).

[化3]

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0029-3
[化3]
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0029-3

通式(J)中,R81、R82、R83及R84分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價的取代基,R85分別獨立地表示一價的取代基,m表示0~5的整數。X-表示陰離子。於不存在X-的情況下,R81~R85的至少一個包含陰離子。 In the general formula (J), R 81 , R 82 , R 83 and R 84 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent, R 85 each independently represents a monovalent substituent, and m represents an integer from 0 to 5 . X - represents an anion. In the absence of X - , at least one of R 81 to R 85 includes an anion.

作為通式(J)的較佳的範圍,例如可參考日本專利特開2013-29760號公報的段落0066~段落0073,其內容可被編入至本申請案說明書中。 As a preferable range of the general formula (J), for example, paragraph 0066 to paragraph 0073 of JP 2013-29760 A can be referred to, and the content can be incorporated into the specification of this application.

(花青色素) (Anthocyanin)

作為具有源自花青色素(花青化合物)的部分結構者,較佳為源自由下述通式(PM)所表示的化合物(花青化合物)的部分結構。於本發明中,所謂花青化合物,是指分子內具有包含花青骨架的色素部位的化合物的總稱。 The one having a partial structure derived from an cyanine pigment (cyanine compound) is preferably a partial structure derived from a compound (cyanine compound) represented by the following general formula (PM). In the present invention, the term "cyanine compound" refers to a general term for compounds having a pigment site including a cyanine skeleton in the molecule.

[化4]

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0030-4
[化4]
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0030-4

通式(PM)中,環Z1及環Z2分別獨立地表示可具有取代基的雜環。l表示0以上、3以下的整數。X-表示陰離子。 In general formula (PM), ring Z1 and ring Z2 each independently represent a heterocyclic ring which may have a substituent. l represents an integer of 0 or more and 3 or less. X - represents an anion.

作為通式(PM)的較佳的範圍,例如可參考日本專利特開2013-29760號公報的段落0077~段落0084,其內容可被編入至本申請案說明書中。 As a preferable range of the general formula (PM), for example, paragraph 0077 to paragraph 084 of JP 2013-29760 A can be referred to, and the content can be incorporated into the specification of this application.

(方酸內鎓鹽色素) (Squaraine ylide pigment)

作為具有源自方酸內鎓鹽色素(方酸內鎓鹽化合物)的部分結構者,較佳為源自由下述通式(K)所表示的化合物(方酸內鎓鹽化合物)的部分結構。於本發明中,所謂方酸內鎓鹽化合物,是指分子內具有包含方酸內鎓鹽骨架的色素部位的化合物的總稱。 The one having a partial structure derived from a squarylium dye (squaraine ylide compound) is preferably a partial structure derived from the compound represented by the following general formula (K) (squaraine salt compound) . In the present invention, the term “squaraine ylide compound” refers to a general term for compounds having a dye site including a squaraine salt skeleton in the molecule.

[化5]

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0031-5
[化5]
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0031-5

通式(K)中,A及B分別獨立地表示芳基或雜環基。作為芳基,較佳為碳數為6~48,更佳為6~24的芳基,例如可列舉苯基、萘基等。作為雜環基,較佳為五員環或六員環的雜環基,例如可列舉:吡咯基、咪唑基、吡唑基、吡啶基、嘧啶基、噠嗪基、三唑-1-基、噻吩基、呋喃基、噻二唑基等。 In the general formula (K), A and B each independently represent an aryl group or a heterocyclic group. The aryl group is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 48 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 24, and examples thereof include phenyl and naphthyl. The heterocyclic group is preferably a five-membered or six-membered heterocyclic group, for example, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, triazol-1-yl , Thienyl, furyl, thiadiazolyl, etc.

作為通式(K)的較佳的範圍,例如可參考日本專利特開2013-29760號公報的段落0088~段落0106,其內容可被編入至本申請案說明書中。 As a preferable range of the general formula (K), for example, paragraph 0088 to paragraph 0106 of JP 2013-29760 A can be referred to, and the content can be incorporated into the specification of this application.

(喹酞酮色素) (Quinophthalone pigment)

作為具有源自喹酞酮色素(喹酞酮化合物)的部分結構者,較佳為源自由下述通式(QP)所表示的化合物(喹酞酮化合物)的部分結構。於本發明中,所謂喹酞酮化合物,是指分子內具有包含喹酞酮骨架的色素部位的化合物的總稱。 The one having a partial structure derived from a quinophthalone dye (quinophthalone compound) is preferably a partial structure derived from a compound (quinophthalone compound) represented by the following general formula (QP). In the present invention, the term "quinophthalone compound" refers to a general term for compounds having a dye site including a quinophthalone skeleton in the molecule.

[化6]

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0032-6
[化6]
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0032-6

通式(QP)中,Rqp1~Rqp6分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基。當Rqp1~Rqp6的至少兩個處於鄰接位時,可相互鍵結而形成環,所述環可更具有取代基。 In the general formula (QP), Rqp 1 to Rqp 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. When at least two of Rqp 1 to Rqp 6 are in adjacent positions, they may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and the ring may further have a substituent.

作為通式(QP)的較佳的範圍,例如可參考日本專利特開2013-29760號公報的段落0110~段落0114,其內容可被編入至本申請案說明書中。 As a preferred range of the general formula (QP), for example, paragraph 0110 to paragraph 0114 of JP 2013-29760 A can be referred to, and the content can be incorporated into the specification of this application.

(酞菁色素) (Phthalocyanine pigment)

作為具有源自酞菁色素(酞菁化合物)的部分結構者,較佳為具有源自由下述通式(F)所表示的化合物(酞菁化合物)的部分結構者。於本發明中,所謂酞菁化合物,是指分子內具有包含酞菁骨架的色素部位的化合物的總稱。 Those having a partial structure derived from a phthalocyanine dye (phthalocyanine compound) are preferably those having a partial structure derived from a compound (phthalocyanine compound) represented by the following general formula (F). In the present invention, the term "phthalocyanine compound" refers to a general term for compounds having a dye site including a phthalocyanine skeleton in the molecule.

[化7]

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0033-7
[化7]
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0033-7

通式(F)中,M1表示金屬類,Z1、Z2、Z3、及Z4分別獨立地表示為了形成包含選自氫原子、碳原子及氮原子中的原子而構成的6員環所需的原子群。 In the general formula (F), M 1 represents metals, and Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 each independently represent 6 members composed of atoms selected from hydrogen, carbon, and nitrogen. The group of atoms required for the ring.

作為通式(F)的較佳的範圍,例如可參考日本專利特開2013-29760號公報的段落0118~段落0124,其內容可被編入至本申請案說明書中。 As a preferable range of the general formula (F), for example, paragraph 0118 to paragraph 0124 of JP 2013-29760 A can be referred to, and the content can be incorporated into the specification of this application.

(亞酞菁化合物) (Subphthalocyanine compound)

作為具有源自亞酞菁色素(亞酞菁化合物)的部分結構者,較佳為具有源自由下述通式(SP)所表示的化合物(亞酞菁化合物)的部分結構者。於本發明中,所謂亞酞菁化合物,是指分子內具有包含亞酞菁骨架的色素部位的化合物的總稱。 The one having a partial structure derived from the subphthalocyanine dye (subphthalocyanine compound) is preferably one having a partial structure derived from the compound (subphthalocyanine compound) represented by the following general formula (SP). In the present invention, the term "subphthalocyanine compound" refers to a general term for compounds having a dye site including a subphthalocyanine skeleton in the molecule.

[化8]

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0034-8
[化8]
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0034-8

通式(SP)中,Z1~Z12分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、芳基、羥基、巰基、胺基、烷氧基、芳氧基、硫醚基。X表示陰離子。 In the general formula (SP), Z 1 to Z 12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a hydroxyl group, a mercapto group, an amino group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, and a thioether group. X represents an anion.

作為通式(SP)的較佳的範圍,例如可參考日本專利特開2013-29760號公報的段落0128~段落0133,其內容可被編入至本申請案說明書中。 As a preferable range of the general formula (SP), for example, paragraph 0128 to paragraph 0133 of JP 2013-29760 A can be referred to, and the content can be incorporated in the specification of this application.

另外,關於二吡咯亞甲基色素及偶氮色素,例如可參考日本專利特開2011-95732號公報的段落0033~段落0135,其內容可被編入至本申請案說明書中。 In addition, regarding dipyrromethene dyes and azo dyes, for example, paragraph 0033 to paragraph 0135 of JP 2011-95732 A can be referred to, and the content can be incorporated in the specification of this application.

(本發明的著色感放射線性組成物中使用的染料的結構) (Structure of the dye used in the colored radiation composition of the present invention)

本發明的著色感放射線性組成物中使用的染料可為分子內具有一個所述源自色素的部分結構的色素單量體,亦可為分子 內具有兩個以上的所述源自色素的部分結構的色素寡聚物或色素多聚體。 The dye used in the color-sensitive radiation composition of the present invention may be a single pigment having a partial structure derived from the pigment in the molecule, or it may be a molecule There are two or more pigment oligomers or pigment multimers of the partial structure derived from the pigment.

(色素單量體) (Pigment Monomer)

色素單量體較佳為包含聚合性基。 The dye monomer preferably contains a polymerizable group.

藉由設為此種構成而存在耐熱性提高的傾向。聚合性基可僅包含一種,亦可包含兩種以上。作為聚合性基,可使用可藉由自由基、酸或熱而進行交聯的公知的聚合性基,例如可列舉包含乙烯性不飽和鍵的基、環狀醚基(環氧基、氧雜環丁烷基)、羥甲基等,尤其,較佳為包含乙烯性不飽和鍵的基,進而佳為(甲基)丙烯醯基,特佳為源自(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯及(甲基)丙烯酸3,4-環氧基-環己基甲酯的(甲基)丙烯醯基。 By setting it as such a structure, there exists a tendency for heat resistance to improve. The polymerizable group may contain only one type or two or more types. As the polymerizable group, a known polymerizable group that can be crosslinked by radicals, acid, or heat can be used. Examples include groups containing ethylenically unsaturated bonds, cyclic ether groups (epoxy groups, oxa Cyclobutanyl), methylol, etc., especially preferably a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond, more preferably a (meth)acryloyl group, particularly preferably derived from glycidyl (meth)acrylate and The (meth)acryloyl group of 3,4-epoxy-cyclohexyl methyl (meth)acrylate.

作為聚合性基的導入方法,存在使色素單量體與含聚合性基的化合物共聚而進行導入的方法等。該些方法例如可參考日本專利特開2013-29760號公報的段落0181~段落0188,其內容可被編入至本申請案說明書中。 As a method of introducing a polymerizable group, there is a method of copolymerizing a dye monomer and a polymerizable group-containing compound to introduce it. For these methods, for example, paragraph 0181 to paragraph 0188 of JP 2013-29760 A can be referred to, and the content can be incorporated in the specification of this application.

色素單量體中的一分子中的聚合性基的數量較佳為1~4,更佳為1~2。 The number of polymerizable groups in one molecule of the dye monomer is preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 to 2.

色素單量體亦可具有鹼可溶性基。作為鹼可溶性基,可例示:羧酸基、磺酸基、磷酸基。 The pigment monomer may have an alkali-soluble group. As an alkali-soluble group, a carboxylic acid group, a sulfonic acid group, and a phosphoric acid group can be illustrated.

另外,作為針對色素單量體導入鹼可溶性基的方法,可列舉於色素單量體中預先導入鹼可溶性基的方法。 In addition, as a method of introducing an alkali-soluble group into a dye monomer, a method of introducing an alkali-soluble group into a dye monomer in advance can be cited.

色素單量體中的一分子中的鹼可溶性基的數量較佳為1~ 4,更佳為1~2。 The number of alkali-soluble groups in one molecule of the pigment monomer is preferably 1~ 4. More preferably, 1~2.

除此以外,作為色素單量體可具有的官能基,可列舉:內酯、酸酐、醯胺、-COCH2CO-、氰基等顯影促進基,長鏈及環狀烷基、芳烷基、芳基、聚環氧烷基、羥基、順丁烯二醯亞胺基、胺基等親疏水性調整基等,可適宜地進行導入。 In addition, functional groups that the dye monomer may have include: lactones, acid anhydrides, amides, -COCH 2 CO-, cyano groups, and other development promoting groups, long-chain and cyclic alkyl groups, and aralkyl groups , Aryl, polyalkylene oxide, hydroxyl, maleimide, amine and other hydrophilic and hydrophobic adjusting groups, etc., can be suitably introduced.

色素單量體的酸價較佳為5mgKOH/g~200mgKOH/g,更佳為10mgKOH/g~180mgKOH/g。 The acid value of the pigment monomer is preferably 5 mgKOH/g to 200 mgKOH/g, more preferably 10 mgKOH/g to 180 mgKOH/g.

(色素寡聚物) (Pigment oligomer)

色素寡聚物為分子內具有兩個以上的所述源自色素的部分結構的寡聚物,包含二聚體至八聚體的任意結構。色素寡聚物較佳為由下述通式(I)所表示的寡聚物。 The pigment oligomer is an oligomer having two or more of the above-mentioned pigment-derived partial structures in the molecule, and includes any structure from dimer to octamer. The dye oligomer is preferably an oligomer represented by the following general formula (I).

通式(I)(R)m-Q-(D)n General formula (I)(R) m -Q-(D) n

(通式(I)中,Q表示(m+n)價的連結基,R表示取代基,D表示所述色素結構。m表示0~6的整數,n表示2~8的整數,(m+n)表示2~8的整數。於m為2以上的情況下,多個R可相互不同,於n為2以上的情況下,多個D可相互不同) (In the general formula (I), Q represents a linking group with (m+n) valence, R represents a substituent, and D represents the dye structure. m represents an integer from 0 to 6, n represents an integer from 2 to 8, (m +n) represents an integer of 2 to 8. When m is 2 or more, multiple Rs may be different from each other, and when n is 2 or more, multiple Ds may be different from each other)

通式(I)中的Q表示(m+n)價的連結基,較佳為3價~6價的連結基。 Q in the general formula (I) represents a (m+n)-valent linking group, and is preferably a trivalent to hexavalent linking group.

作為Q所表示的(m+n)價的連結基,較佳為由以下的 通式(Q-1)或通式(Q-2)所表示的連結基。 As the linking group of (m+n) valence represented by Q, preferably A linking group represented by general formula (Q-1) or general formula (Q-2).

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0037-9
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0037-9

(通式(Q-1)中,R1~R4分別獨立地表示連結基或取代基。其中,R1~R4的至少兩個為連結基) (In the general formula (Q-1), R 1 to R 4 each independently represent a linking group or a substituent. Among them, at least two of R 1 to R 4 are linking groups)

R1~R4所表示的取代基較佳為碳數1~10的烷基(較佳為碳數1~6的烷基,更佳為碳數1~3的烷基)、碳數6~20的芳基(較佳為碳數6~14的芳基、更佳為碳數6~10的芳基),更佳為碳數1~10的烷基,進而佳為甲基、乙基、丙基。 The substituent represented by R 1 to R 4 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms), and a carbon number of 6 ~20 aryl group (preferably an aryl group with 6 to 14 carbons, more preferably an aryl group with 6 to 10 carbons), more preferably an alkyl group with 1 to 10 carbons, more preferably methyl, ethyl基, propyl.

R1~R4所表示的連結基更佳為包含伸烷基(較佳為直鏈或分支的伸烷基,更佳為-(CH2)n1-(n1較佳為1~3的整數))、-O-、-CO-、-SO2-或-NRa-(其中,Ra為碳原子數為1~5的烷基或氫原子)、及該些的兩個以上的組合的基,更佳為包含伸烷基、-O-、-CO-及-NRa-的兩個以上的組合的基。 The linking group represented by R 1 to R 4 preferably contains an alkylene group (preferably a linear or branched alkylene group, more preferably -(CH 2 ) n1 -(n1 is preferably an integer of 1 to 3) )), -O-, -CO-, -SO 2 -or -NRa- (where Ra is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a hydrogen atom), and a combination of two or more of these groups , More preferably a group containing a combination of two or more of alkylene, -O-, -CO-, and -NRa-.

R1~R4所表示的連結基的連接R或D與中心的C的原子的數量分別較佳為1~15,分別更佳為1~10。例如,於連結基為-CH2-CH2-C(=O)-O-CH2-的情況下,連接R或D與中心的C的原 子的數量為5。 The number of atoms connecting R or D to the center C of the linking group represented by R 1 to R 4 is preferably 1-15, and more preferably 1-10, respectively. For example, when the linking group is -CH 2 -CH 2 -C(=O)-O-CH 2 -, the number of atoms connecting R or D to the center C is 5.

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0038-10
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0038-10

(通式(Q-2)中,A1~A4分別獨立地表示碳原子或氮原子。R11~R16分別獨立地表示氫原子、=O或連結基。虛線表示單鍵或雙鍵) (In the general formula (Q-2), A 1 to A 4 each independently represent a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom. R 11 to R 16 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, =0 or a linking group. The dotted line represents a single bond or a double bond )

包含通式(Q-2)中的A1~A4的6員環可列舉脂肪族環、雜環、苯環,較佳為雜環、苯環。 The 6-membered ring containing A 1 to A 4 in the general formula (Q-2) includes an aliphatic ring, a heterocyclic ring, and a benzene ring, and a heterocyclic ring and a benzene ring are preferable.

作為R11~R16所表示的連結基,含義與通式(Q-1)中的R1~R4所表示的連結基相同,較佳的範圍亦相同。 The linking group represented by R 11 to R 16 has the same meaning as the linking group represented by R 1 to R 4 in the general formula (Q-1), and the preferable range is also the same.

以下表示由Q所表示的(m+n)價的連結基的具體例。但於本發明中,並不受該些限制。 The following shows a specific example of the (m+n) valence linking group represented by Q. However, in the present invention, these restrictions are not imposed.

[化11]

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0039-11
[化11]
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0039-11

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0039-12
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0039-12

通式(I)中的R分別獨立地表示取代基,於m為2以上的情況下,多個R可相互不同。 R in general formula (I) each independently represents a substituent, and when m is 2 or more, a plurality of Rs may be different from each other.

作為由R所表示的取代基,例如可列舉:鹵素原子、烷基、環烷基、烯基、環烯基、炔基、芳基、雜環基、氰基、羥基、硝基、羧基、烷氧基、芳氧基、矽烷氧基、雜環氧基、醯氧基、胺 甲醯氧基、胺基(包含烷基胺基、苯胺基)、醯基胺基、胺基羰基胺基、烷氧基羰基胺基、芳氧基羰基胺基、胺磺醯基胺基、烷基磺醯基胺基或芳基磺醯基胺基、巰基、烷硫基、芳硫基、雜環硫基、胺磺醯基、磺基、烷基亞磺醯基或芳基亞磺醯基、烷基磺醯基或芳基磺醯基、醯基、芳氧基羰基、烷氧基羰基、胺甲醯基、芳基偶氮基或雜環偶氮基、醯亞胺基、膦基、氧膦基、氧膦基氧基、氧膦基胺基、膦醯基、矽烷基等。 Examples of the substituent represented by R include halogen atoms, alkyl groups, cycloalkyl groups, alkenyl groups, cycloalkenyl groups, alkynyl groups, aryl groups, heterocyclic groups, cyano groups, hydroxyl groups, nitro groups, carboxyl groups, Alkoxy, aryloxy, silanoxy, heterocyclic oxy, acyloxy, amine Formoxy, amine (including alkylamino and anilino), amide, aminocarbonylamino, alkoxycarbonylamino, aryloxycarbonylamino, sulfamoylamino, Alkylsulfonylamino or arylsulfonylamino, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, arylthio, heterocyclic thio, sulfamsulfonyl, sulfo, alkylsulfinyl or arylsulfinyl Acetyl, alkylsulfonyl or arylsulfonyl, acyl, aryloxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminomethanyl, arylazo or heterocyclic azo, animino, Phosphine group, phosphinyl group, phosphinyloxy group, phosphinylamino group, phosphinyl group, silyl group, etc.

另外,R可為聚合性基、鹼可溶性基。 In addition, R may be a polymerizable group or an alkali-soluble group.

作為聚合性基,可列舉可藉由自由基、酸、熱而進行交聯的公知的聚合性基。例如可列舉包含乙烯性不飽和鍵的基、環狀醚基(環氧基、氧雜環丁烷基)、羥甲基等,較佳為包含乙烯性不飽和鍵的基,進而佳為(甲基)丙烯醯基,特佳為源自(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯及(甲基)丙烯酸3,4-環氧基-環己基甲酯的(甲基)丙烯醯基。 Examples of the polymerizable group include known polymerizable groups that can be crosslinked by radicals, acid, and heat. For example, a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a cyclic ether group (epoxy group, oxetanyl group), a hydroxymethyl group, etc. may be mentioned. Preferably, a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond is more preferred ( The meth)acryloyl group is particularly preferably a (meth)acryloyl group derived from glycidyl (meth)acrylate and 3,4-epoxy-cyclohexylmethyl (meth)acrylate.

作為鹼可溶性基,可列舉羧基、磺基、磷酸基等酸基。較佳為羧基。 Examples of alkali-soluble groups include acid groups such as carboxyl groups, sulfo groups, and phosphoric acid groups. Preferably it is a carboxyl group.

m表示0~6的整數,較佳為1~4的整數,更佳為1~3的整數。 m represents an integer of 0 to 6, preferably an integer of 1 to 4, and more preferably an integer of 1 to 3.

n表示2~8的整數,較佳為2~6的整數,更佳為2~5的整數。 n represents an integer of 2 to 8, preferably an integer of 2 to 6, and more preferably an integer of 2 to 5.

m+n表示2~8的整數,較佳為2~7的整數,更佳為3~6的整數。 m+n represents an integer of 2 to 8, preferably an integer of 2 to 7, and more preferably an integer of 3 to 6.

(色素多聚體) (Pigment polymer)

色素多聚體於分子內具有兩個以上的所述源自色素的部分結構。色素多聚體較佳為包含由下述通式(A)、通式(B)、及通式(C)所表示的構成單元的至少一個而成的色素多聚體,或由通式(D)所表示的色素多聚體。根據本發明的製造方法,即便於使用殘渣容易殘留的色素多聚體的情況下,殘渣亦減少,圖案直線性亦優異,亦可抑制表面粗糙度的劣化,可更顯著的獲得本發明所期望的效果。 The pigment multimer has two or more partial structures derived from the pigment in the molecule. The pigment multimer is preferably a pigment multimer comprising at least one of the structural units represented by the following general formula (A), general formula (B), and general formula (C), or a general formula ( D) The pigment multimer represented. According to the production method of the present invention, even in the case of using a pigment polymer whose residue is likely to remain, the residue is reduced, the pattern linearity is also excellent, the deterioration of the surface roughness can be suppressed, and the desired product of the present invention can be obtained more significantly Effect.

由通式(A)所表示的構成單元 The structural unit represented by the general formula (A)

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0041-13
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0041-13

通式(A)中,X1表示藉由聚合而形成的連結基,L1表示單鍵或二價的連結基。DyeI表示所述色素結構。 In the general formula (A), X 1 represents a linking group formed by polymerization, and L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. DyeI represents the pigment structure.

以下,對通式(A)進行詳細說明。 Hereinafter, the general formula (A) will be described in detail.

通式(A)中,X1表示藉由聚合而形成的連結基。即,是指藉由聚合反應而形成的形成相當於主鏈的構成單元的部分。 再者,由兩個*所表示的部位成為構成單元。X1只要為由公知的可聚合的單體形成的連結基,則並無特別限制,尤其較佳為由下述(XX-1)~(XX-24)所表示的連結基,更佳為選自由(XX-1)及(XX-2)所表示的(甲基)丙烯酸系連結鏈、由(XX-10)~(XX-17)所表示苯乙烯系連結鏈、由(XX-18)及(XX-19)、以及(XX-24)所表示的乙烯基系連結鏈中,更佳為選自由(XX-1)及(XX-2)所表示的(甲基)丙烯酸系連結鏈、由(XX-10)~(XX-17)所表示的苯乙烯系連結鏈、由(XX-24)所表示的乙烯基系連結鏈中,更佳為由(XX-1)及(XX-2)所表示的(甲基)丙烯酸系連結鏈及由(XX-11)所表示的苯乙烯連結鏈。 In the general formula (A), X 1 represents a linking group formed by polymerization. That is, it means a part formed by a polymerization reaction that forms a structural unit corresponding to the main chain. Furthermore, the part indicated by two * becomes a structural unit. X 1 is not particularly limited as long as it is a linking group formed from a known polymerizable monomer, and particularly preferably a linking group represented by the following (XX-1) to (XX-24), and more preferably Choose from (XX-1) and (XX-2) (meth)acrylic link chains, (XX-10)~(XX-17) styrene link chains, (XX-18) ), (XX-19), and (XX-24), more preferably selected from (meth)acrylic links represented by (XX-1) and (XX-2) Chain, the styrene-based link chain represented by (XX-10)~(XX-17), and the vinyl-based link chain represented by (XX-24), more preferably (XX-1) and ( The (meth)acrylic linking chain represented by XX-2) and the styrene linking chain represented by (XX-11).

(XX-1)~(XX-24)中,由*所表示的部位與L1連結。Me表示甲基。另外,(XX-18)及(XX-19)中的R表示氫原子、碳數1~5的烷基或苯基。 (XX-1) ~ (XX -24) , the location indicated by the * coupled to L 1. Me represents methyl. In addition, R in (XX-18) and (XX-19) represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group.

[化14]

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0043-15
[化14]
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0043-15

[化15]

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0044-16
[化15]
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0044-16

通式(A)中,L1表示單鍵或二價的連結基。作為L1表示二價的連結基時的二價的連結基,表示碳數1~30的經取代或未經取代的伸烷基(例如,亞甲基、伸乙基、三亞甲基、伸丙基、伸丁基等)、碳數6~30的經取代或未經取代的伸芳基(例如,伸苯基、伸萘基等)、經取代或未經取代的雜環連結基、-CH=CH-、-O-、-S-、-C(=O)-、-CO2-、-NR-、-CONR-、-O2C-、-SO-、-SO2-及將該些的兩個以上連結而形成的連結基。另外,L1亦較佳為包含陰離子的構成。L1更佳為單鍵或伸烷基,更佳為單鍵或-(CH2)n-(n為1~5的整數)。此處,R分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、芳基、或雜環基。關於L1包含陰離子時的例子,將於後述。 In the general formula (A), L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. As the divalent linking group when L 1 represents a divalent linking group, it represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (for example, methylene, ethylene, trimethylene, ethylene Propyl, butylene, etc.), substituted or unsubstituted arylene groups having 6 to 30 carbons (for example, phenylene, naphthylene, etc.), substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic linking groups, -CH=CH-, -O-, -S-, -C(=O)-, -CO 2 -, -NR-, -CONR-, -O 2 C-, -SO-, -SO 2 -and A linking group formed by linking two or more of these. In addition, L 1 is also preferably a composition containing an anion. L 1 is more preferably a single bond or an alkylene group, and more preferably a single bond or -(CH 2 )n- (n is an integer of 1 to 5). Here, R each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group. The example when L 1 contains an anion will be described later.

通式(A)中,DyeI表示所述色素結構。 In the general formula (A), DyeI represents the dye structure.

具有由通式(A)所表示的構成單元的色素多聚體可藉由如下方法合成:(1)藉由使具有色素殘基的單體進行加成聚合來合成的方法;(2)使具有異氰酸酯基、酸酐基或環氧基等高反應性官能基的聚合物、與具有可與高反應性基反應的官能基(羥基、一級或二級胺基、羧基等)的色素反應的方法。 A dye multimer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (A) can be synthesized by the following method: (1) a method of synthesis by addition polymerization of a monomer having a dye residue; (2) using Method of reacting polymers with highly reactive functional groups such as isocyanate groups, acid anhydride groups, or epoxy groups, and dyes having functional groups that can react with highly reactive groups (hydroxyl, primary or secondary amine groups, carboxyl groups, etc.) .

加成聚合中可應用公知的加成聚合(自由基聚合、陰離子聚合、陽離子聚合),其中,尤其藉由自由基聚合進行合成的情況可使反應條件穩和化,且並不會使色素結構分解,因此較佳。自由基聚合中可應用公知的反應條件。即,本發明中使用的色素多聚體較佳為加成聚合物。 The well-known addition polymerization (radical polymerization, anionic polymerization, cationic polymerization) can be used in addition polymerization. Among them, especially the synthesis by free radical polymerization can stabilize the reaction conditions without causing the pigment structure Decomposed, so better. Known reaction conditions can be applied to radical polymerization. That is, the dye multimer used in the present invention is preferably an addition polymer.

其中,就耐熱性的觀點而言,具有由通式(A)所表示的構成單元的色素多聚體較佳為使用具有乙烯性不飽和鍵的色素單量體並進行自由基聚合而獲得的自由基聚合物。 Among them, from the viewpoint of heat resistance, the dye multimer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (A) is preferably obtained by radical polymerization using a dye monomer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond Free radical polymer.

關於通式(A)的詳細情況,可參考日本專利特開2013-29760號公報的段落0138~段落0152,其內容可被編入至本申請案說明書中。 For details of the general formula (A), refer to paragraph 0138 to paragraph 0152 of JP 2013-29760 A, the content of which can be incorporated into the specification of this application.

由通式(B)所表示的構成單元 The structural unit represented by the general formula (B)

[化16]

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0046-17
[化16]
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0046-17

通式(B)中,X2的含義與通式(A)中的X1相同。L2的含義與通式(A)中的L1相同。Y2表示可與DyeII離子鍵結或配位鍵結的基。DyeII表示色素結構。關於通式(B)的詳細情況,可參考日本專利特開2013-29760號公報的段落0156~段落0161,其內容可被編入至本申請案說明書中。 In the general formula (B), X 2 has the same meaning as X 1 in the general formula (A). L L is the same meaning as in general formula. 1 (A) 2 in. Y 2 represents a group that can be ionically bonded or coordinately bonded to DyeII. DyeII represents the pigment structure. For details of the general formula (B), refer to paragraph 0156 to paragraph 0161 of JP 2013-29760 A, the content of which can be incorporated into the specification of this application.

由通式(C)所表示的構成單元 The structural unit represented by the general formula (C)

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0046-18
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0046-18

通式(C)中,L3表示單鍵或二價的連結基。DyeIII表示色素結構。m表示0或1。關於通式(C)的詳細情況,可參考日本專利特開2013-29760號公報的段落0165~段落0167,其內容 可被編入至本申請案說明書中。 In the general formula (C), L 3 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. DyeIII represents the pigment structure. m represents 0 or 1. For details of the general formula (C), refer to paragraphs 0165 to 0167 of JP 2013-29760 A, the content of which can be incorporated into the specification of this application.

由通式(D)所表示的色素多聚體 Pigment polymer represented by general formula (D)

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0047-19
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0047-19

通式(D)中,L4表示n價的連結基。n表示2~20的整數。當n為2以上時,DyeIV的結構可相同亦可不同。DyeIV表示色素結構。關於通式(D)的詳細情況,可參考日本專利特開2013-29760號公報的段落0173~段落0178,其內容可被編入至本申請案說明書中。 In the general formula (D), L 4 represents an n-valent linking group. n represents an integer of 2-20. When n is 2 or more, the structure of DyeIV may be the same or different. DyeIV represents the pigment structure. For details of the general formula (D), refer to paragraph 0173 to paragraph 0178 of JP 2013-29760 A, the content of which can be incorporated into the specification of this application.

具有由通式(A)、通式(B)及/或通式(C)所表示的構成單元的色素多聚體、及由通式(D)所表示的色素多聚體中,具有由通式(A)及通式(C)所表示的構成單元的色素多聚體、及由通式(D)所表示的色素多聚體藉由共價鍵而連結,因此含有色素多聚體的著色感放射線性組成物的耐熱性優異,且於將著色感放射線性組成物應用於多種顏色的著色圖案形成的情況下,於抑制向鄰接的其他著色圖案的色移方面而言有效,因此較佳。另外,尤其由通式(A)所表示的化合物容易控制色素多聚體的分子量而 較佳。 Pigment multimers having structural units represented by general formula (A), general formula (B) and/or general formula (C), and pigment multimers represented by general formula (D), having The dye multimers of the constituent units represented by the general formula (A) and the general formula (C) and the dye multimers represented by the general formula (D) are linked by covalent bonds, and therefore contain the dye multimers The color-sensitive radiation composition has excellent heat resistance, and when the color-sensitive radiation composition is applied to the formation of colored patterns of multiple colors, it is effective in suppressing color shift to other adjacent colored patterns, so Better. In addition, in particular, the compound represented by the general formula (A) is easy to control the molecular weight of the dye multimer. Better.

當將色素多聚體中的所有構成單元設為100莫耳%時,色素多聚體的具有色素結構的構成單元的含量較佳為15莫耳%~60莫耳%,進而佳為20莫耳%~50莫耳%,特佳為20莫耳%~45莫耳%。 When all the constituent units in the pigment multimer are set to 100 mol%, the content of the constituent units having a pigment structure of the pigment multimer is preferably 15 mol% to 60 mol%, and more preferably 20 mol% Ear%~50 mol%, particularly preferably 20 mol%~45 mol%.

《其他官能基或其他構成單元》 "Other functional groups or other constituent units"

色素多聚體亦可具有官能基、及具有色素結構的構成單元以外的其他構成單元等。 The dye multimer may have a functional group and other structural units other than the structural unit having a dye structure.

官能基可包含於具有色素結構的構成單元中,亦可與具有色素結構的構成單元不同,以包含官能基的其他構成單元的形式被包含。 The functional group may be included in a structural unit having a dye structure, or may be included in the form of another structural unit including a functional group, unlike the structural unit having a dye structure.

官能基可例示聚合性基、鹼可溶性基等。 Examples of the functional group include a polymerizable group and an alkali-soluble group.

以下,對該些的詳細情況進行說明。 Hereinafter, these details will be described.

《《聚合性基》》 "The Cohesion Base"

聚合性基可僅包含一種,亦可包含兩種以上。 The polymerizable group may contain only one type or two or more types.

作為聚合性基,可使用可藉由自由基、酸、熱而進行交聯的公知的聚合性基,例如可列舉包含乙烯性不飽和鍵的基、環狀醚基(環氧基、氧雜環丁烷基)、羥甲基等,尤其,較佳為包含乙烯性不飽和鍵的基,進而佳為(甲基)丙烯醯基,進而更佳為源自(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯及(甲基)丙烯酸3,4-環氧基-環己基甲酯的(甲基)丙烯醯基。 As the polymerizable group, a known polymerizable group that can be crosslinked by free radicals, acid, or heat can be used, for example, groups containing ethylenic unsaturated bonds, cyclic ether groups (epoxy groups, oxa Cyclobutanyl), hydroxymethyl, etc., especially preferably a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond, more preferably a (meth)acrylic acid group, and still more preferably derived from glycidyl (meth)acrylate And the (meth)acrylic group of 3,4-epoxy-cyclohexyl methyl (meth)acrylate.

具有聚合性基的構成單元較佳為由下述通式(P)所表示。 The structural unit having a polymerizable group is preferably represented by the following general formula (P).

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0049-20
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0049-20

通式(P)中,X1表示藉由聚合而形成的連結基,L1表示單鍵或二價的連結基。P表示聚合性基。 In the general formula (P), X 1 represents a linking group formed by polymerization, and L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. P represents a polymerizable group.

通式(P)中的X1及L1的含義分別與通式(A)中的X1及L1相同,較佳的範圍亦相同。 L 1 are the same as the general formula (P) in the meaning of 1 and 1 X L with the formula (A) and of X 1, preferred ranges are also the same.

作為聚合性基的導入方法,存在:(1)藉由含聚合性基的化合物使(a)欲導入聚合性基的構成單元改質而進行導入的方法;(2)使含聚合性基的化合物共聚而進行導入的方法等。 As a method for introducing a polymerizable group, there are: (1) a method of modifying (a) a structural unit to be introduced into a polymerizable group by a compound containing a polymerizable group and introducing it; (2) a method of introducing a polymerizable group-containing compound The method of introducing the compound by copolymerization, etc.

於色素單量體中包含聚合性基的情況下,相對於色素結構1g,色素單量體中所含的聚合性基量較佳為0.1mmol~2.0mmol,進而佳為0.2mmol~1.5mmol,特佳為0.3mmol~1.0mmol。 In the case where the dye monomer contains a polymerizable group, the amount of the polymerizable group contained in the dye monomer is preferably 0.1 mmol to 2.0 mmol, and more preferably 0.2 mmol to 1.5 mmol relative to 1 g of the dye structure. Especially preferred is 0.3mmol~1.0mmol.

另外,於其他構成單元含有聚合性基的情況下,相對於所有構成單元100質量%,其他構成單元所含有的聚合性基的量例如較佳為10質量%~40質量%,更佳為15質量%~35質量%。 In addition, when other structural units contain polymerizable groups, the amount of polymerizable groups contained in other structural units is, for example, preferably 10% by mass to 40% by mass, more preferably 15% by mass relative to 100% by mass of all structural units. Mass%~35 mass%.

作為具有聚合性基的構成單元,可列舉以下的具體例。 但本發明並不限定於該些。 As the structural unit having a polymerizable group, the following specific examples can be given. However, the present invention is not limited to these.

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0050-21
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0050-21

[化21]

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0051-22
[化21]
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0051-22

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0051-23
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0051-23

《《鹼可溶性基》》 ""Alkali Soluble Base""

作為色素多聚體可具有的鹼可溶性基的一例,可列舉酸基。作為酸基,可例示:羧酸基、磺酸基、磷酸基。 As an example of the alkali-soluble group which a dye multimer may have, an acid group is mentioned. As an acid group, a carboxylic acid group, a sulfonic acid group, and a phosphoric acid group can be illustrated.

於本發明中較佳為,鹼可溶性基較佳為以具有鹼可溶性基的構成單元的形式而包含於色素多聚體中。更具體而言,較佳為於所述通式(P)中,P為鹼可溶性基的重複單元。 In the present invention, it is preferable that the alkali-soluble group is contained in the dye multimer as a structural unit having the alkali-soluble group. More specifically, it is preferable that in the general formula (P), P is a repeating unit of an alkali-soluble group.

作為針對色素多聚體導入鹼可溶性基的方法,可列舉於 色素單量體中預先導入鹼可溶性基的方法、及使具有鹼可溶性基的色素單量體以外的單體((甲基)丙烯酸、丙烯酸的己內酯改質物,(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯的琥珀酸酐改質物,(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯的鄰苯二甲酸酐改質物,(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯的1,2-環己烷二羧酸酐改質物,苯乙烯羧酸、衣康酸、順丁烯二酸、降冰片烯羧酸等含羧酸的單體,甲基丙烯酸酸式磷醯氧基乙酯、膦酸乙烯酯等含磷酸的單體,磺酸乙烯酯、2-丙烯醯胺-2-甲基磺酸等含磺酸的單體)共聚的方法,進而佳為使用雙方的方法。 As a method of introducing alkali-soluble groups into pigment multimers, it can be listed in A method of introducing an alkali-soluble group into a dye monomer in advance, and a monomer other than the dye monomer having an alkali-soluble group ((meth)acrylic acid, acrylic acid caprolactone modified product, (meth)acrylic acid 2- Modified product of hydroxyethyl succinic anhydride, modified product of phthalic anhydride of 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, modified product of 1,2-cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid anhydride of 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate Substances, carboxylic acid-containing monomers such as styrene carboxylic acid, itaconic acid, maleic acid, norbornene carboxylic acid, phosphoric acid-containing monomers such as methacrylic acid phosphatidyloxyethyl, vinyl phosphonate, etc. A method of copolymerizing a monomer, a sulfonic acid-containing monomer such as vinyl sulfonate and 2-propenamide-2-methylsulfonic acid, is more preferably a method using both.

相對於色素多聚體1g,色素多聚體所具有的鹼可溶性基量(酸價)較佳為15mgKOH/g~130mgKOH/g,更佳為25mgKOH/g~100mgKOH/g,進而佳為25mgKOH/g~80mgKOH/g。鹼可溶性基量(酸價)可藉由使用0.1N氫氧化鈉水溶液的滴定進行測定。 The amount of alkali-soluble groups (acid value) possessed by the pigment polymer is preferably 15mgKOH/g~130mgKOH/g, more preferably 25mgKOH/g~100mgKOH/g, and still more preferably 25mgKOH/g relative to 1g of the pigment polymer. g~80mgKOH/g. The amount of alkali-soluble groups (acid value) can be measured by titration using a 0.1N sodium hydroxide aqueous solution.

另外,於色素多聚體含有包含色素單量體的構成單元與具有酸基的構成單元的情況下,相對於包含色素單量體的構成單元100莫耳,具有酸基的構成單元的比例例如較佳為5莫耳~70莫耳,更佳為10莫耳~50莫耳。 In addition, in the case where the pigment multimer contains a structural unit including a pigment monomer and a structural unit having an acid group, the ratio of the structural unit having an acid group relative to 100 moles of the structural unit including the pigment monomer is, for example It is preferably 5 mol to 70 mol, more preferably 10 mol to 50 mol.

作為色素多聚體所具有的官能基,可列舉:內酯、酸酐、醯胺、-COCH2CO-、氰基等顯影促進基,長鏈及環狀烷基、芳烷基、芳基、聚環氧烷基、羥基、順丁烯二醯亞胺基、胺基等親疏水性調整基等,可適宜地進行導入。 Examples of functional groups possessed by the dye polymer include: lactones, acid anhydrides, amides, -COCH 2 CO-, cyano groups and other development promoting groups, long-chain and cyclic alkyl groups, aralkyl groups, aryl groups, Hydrophilicity and hydrophobicity adjusting groups such as polyalkylene oxide, hydroxyl, maleimide, and amine groups, etc., can be appropriately introduced.

作為導入方法,可列舉於色素單量體中預先導入的方法、及 使具有所述官能基的單體共聚的方法。 As the method of introduction, the method of pre-introducing into the mono-pigment body, and A method of copolymerizing the monomer having the functional group.

《《由式(1)~式(5)所表示的結構》》 "The Structure Represented by Formula (1) ~ Formula (5)"

色素多聚體的具有色素結構的構成單元亦可包含由式(1)~式(5)所表示的結構。 The structural unit having a dye structure of the dye multimer may include the structure represented by formula (1) to formula (5).

由式(1)所表示的結構總稱為受阻胺系。由式(2)所表示的結構總稱為受阻酚系。由式(3)所表示的結構總稱為苯并三唑系。由式(4)所表示的結構總稱為羥基二苯甲酮系。由式(5)所表示的結構總稱為三嗪系。 The structure represented by formula (1) is collectively called a hindered amine system. The structure represented by formula (2) is collectively called a hindered phenol system. The structure represented by the formula (3) is collectively called a benzotriazole series. The structure represented by formula (4) is collectively called a hydroxybenzophenone series. The structure represented by formula (5) is collectively called a triazine series.

由式(1)~式(5)所表示的結構中,較佳為由式(1)所表示的結構及由式(2)所表示的結構,特佳為由式(1)所表示的結構。本發明中所使用的色素多聚體在同一分子內具有色素結構、與由式(1)所表示的結構,藉此由式(1)所表示的結構中的胺基與基板產生相互作用,因此可進一步提高密接性。 Among the structures represented by formula (1) to formula (5), the structure represented by formula (1) and the structure represented by formula (2) are preferred, and the structure represented by formula (1) is particularly preferred structure. The dye multimer used in the present invention has a dye structure and a structure represented by formula (1) in the same molecule, whereby the amine group in the structure represented by formula (1) interacts with the substrate, Therefore, the adhesion can be further improved.

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0053-24
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0053-24

式(1)中,R1表示氫原子、碳數1~18的烷基、芳基、氧自由基。R2及R3分別獨立地表示碳數1~18的烷基。R2及R3 亦可相互鍵結而表示碳數4~12的脂肪族環。「*」表示由式(1)所表示的結構與聚合物骨架的結合鍵。 In the formula (1), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an aryl group, or an oxygen radical. R 2 and R 3 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms. R 2 and R 3 may be bonded to each other to represent an aliphatic ring having 4 to 12 carbon atoms. "*" represents the bond between the structure represented by formula (1) and the polymer backbone.

式(1)中,R1表示氫原子、碳數1~18的烷基、芳基、氧自由基,較佳為碳數1~18的烷基。 In the formula (1), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbons, an aryl group, or an oxygen radical, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbons.

碳數1~18的烷基可為直鏈狀、分支鏈狀或環狀的任一種,較佳為直鏈狀。碳數1~18的烷基的碳數較佳為1~12,更佳為1~8,進而佳為1~3,特佳為1或2。尤其,碳數1~18的烷基較佳為甲基或乙基,更佳為甲基。 The alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and is preferably linear. The carbon number of the alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms is preferably from 1 to 12, more preferably from 1 to 8, further preferably from 1 to 3, and particularly preferably from 1 or 2. In particular, the alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms is preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group, and more preferably a methyl group.

芳基的碳數可為6~18,亦可為6~12,亦可為6。具體而言可列舉苯基。 The carbon number of the aryl group may be 6-18, 6-12, or 6. Specifically, a phenyl group can be mentioned.

於式(1)中的R1表示碳數1~18的烷基或芳基的情況下,碳數1~18的烷基及芳基可具有取代基,亦可未經取代。作為可具有的取代基,可列舉選自所述取代基群組A中的取代基。 When R 1 in the formula (1) represents an alkyl group or aryl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, the alkyl group and aryl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent that may be possessed include substituents selected from the substituent group A.

式(1)中,R2及R3分別獨立地表示碳數1~18的烷基,較佳為碳數1~3的烷基,更佳為甲基。R2及R3亦可相互鍵結而表示碳數4~12的脂肪族環。 In formula (1), R 2 and R 3 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and more preferably a methyl group. R 2 and R 3 may be bonded to each other to represent an aliphatic ring having 4 to 12 carbon atoms.

式(1)中,「*」表示由式(1)所表示的結構與聚合物骨架的結合鍵。結合鍵可直接或經由連結基而與聚合物骨架鍵結,亦可直接或經由連結基而鍵結於所述色素結構上。特佳為式(1)中的「*」直接或經由連結基而與聚合物骨架鍵結。 In formula (1), "*" represents the bond between the structure represented by formula (1) and the polymer backbone. The bonding bond may be directly or via a linking group to bond to the polymer backbone, or may be directly or via a linking group to bond to the pigment structure. It is particularly preferred that the "*" in the formula (1) is directly or via a linking group bonded to the polymer backbone.

以下,表示由式(1)所表示的結構的具體例,但並不限定於該些。下述結構中,「*」表示由式(1)所表示的結構與聚合物骨 架的結合鍵。 Below, although the specific example of the structure represented by Formula (1) is shown, it is not limited to these. In the following structures, "*" represents the structure represented by formula (1) and polymer bone The bonding key of the frame.

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0055-25
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0055-25

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0055-26
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0055-26

式(2)中,R4表示下述式(2A)、碳數1~18的烷基或芳基。R5分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1~18的烷基。「*」表示由式(2)所表示的結構與聚合物骨架的結合鍵。 In the formula (2), R 4 represents the following formula (2A), an alkyl group or an aryl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms. R 5 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms. "*" represents the bond between the structure represented by formula (2) and the polymer backbone.

式(2)中,R4表示所述式(2A)、碳數1~18的烷基或芳基,較佳為由式(2A)所表示。碳數1~18的烷基及芳基的含義與式(1)中的R1中說明的碳數1~18的烷基及芳基相同。另外,「*」的含義與式(1)中說明的結合鍵相同。 In the formula (2), R 4 represents the aforementioned formula (2A), an alkyl group or aryl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, and is preferably represented by the formula (2A). The meanings of the alkyl group and aryl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms are the same as the alkyl group and aryl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms described in R 1 in the formula (1). In addition, the meaning of "*" is the same as the bond described in formula (1).

[化26]

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0056-27
[化26]
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0056-27

式(2A)中,R6分別獨立地表示碳數1~18的烷基。「*」表示由式(2A)所表示的結構與式(2)所表示的結構的結合鍵。 In the formula (2A), R 6 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms. "*" represents the bonding bond between the structure represented by formula (2A) and the structure represented by formula (2).

式(2A)中,R6的含義與式(1)中的R1中說明的碳數1~18的烷基相同。另外,「*」的含義與式(1)中說明的結合鍵相同。 In formula (2A), R 6 has the same meaning as the alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms described in R 1 in formula (1). In addition, the meaning of "*" is the same as the bond described in formula (1).

以下,表示由式(2)所表示的結構的具體例,但並不限定於該些。下述結構中,「*」表示由式(2)所表示的結構與聚合物骨架的結合鍵。 Hereinafter, specific examples of the structure represented by formula (2) are shown, but it is not limited to these. In the following structures, "*" represents the bond between the structure represented by formula (2) and the polymer backbone.

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0056-28
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0056-28

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0056-29
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0056-29

式(3)中,R7表示碳數1~18的烷基;n1表示0~3的整數。於n1為2或3的情況下,R7分別可相同亦可不同。「*」表示由式(3)所表示的結構與聚合物骨架的結合鍵。 In the formula (3), R 7 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms; n1 represents an integer of 0 to 3. When n1 is 2 or 3, R 7 may be the same or different. "*" represents the bond between the structure represented by formula (3) and the polymer backbone.

式(3)中,R7的含義與式(1)中的R1中說明的碳數1~18的烷基相同。 In formula (3), R 7 has the same meaning as the alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms explained in R 1 in formula (1).

式(3)中,n1表示0~3的整數,較佳為0~2的整數,較佳為0或1。 In formula (3), n1 represents an integer of 0 to 3, preferably an integer of 0 to 2, and preferably 0 or 1.

式(3)中,「*」的含義與式(1)中說明的結合鍵相同。 In the formula (3), the meaning of "*" is the same as the bond described in the formula (1).

以下,表示由式(3)所表示的結構的具體例,但並不限定於該些。下述結構中,「*」表示由式(3)所表示的結構與聚合物骨架的結合鍵。 Below, although the specific example of the structure represented by Formula (3) is shown, it is not limited to these. In the following structures, "*" represents the bond between the structure represented by formula (3) and the polymer backbone.

[化29]

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0058-30
[化29]
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0058-30

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0058-31
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0058-31

式(4)中,R8及R9分別獨立地表示碳數1~18的烷基。n2表示0~3的整數。n3表示0~4的整數。於n2為2或3的情況下,各個R8可相同亦可不同。於n3表示2~4的整數的情況下,各個R9可相同亦可不同。「*」表示由式(4)所表示的結構與聚 合物骨架的結合鍵。 In the formula (4), R 8 and R 9 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms. n2 represents an integer from 0 to 3. n3 represents an integer from 0 to 4. When n2 is 2 or 3, each R 8 may be the same or different. When n3 represents an integer of 2 to 4, each R 9 may be the same or different. "*" represents the bond between the structure represented by formula (4) and the polymer backbone.

式(4)中,R8及R9的含義與式(1)中的R1中說明的碳數1~18的烷基相同。 In the formula (4), R 8 and R 9 have the same meanings as the alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms described in R 1 in the formula (1).

式(4)中,n2表示0~3的整數,較佳為0~2的整數,更佳為0或1。 In formula (4), n2 represents an integer of 0-3, preferably an integer of 0-2, and more preferably 0 or 1.

式(4)中,n3表示0~4的整數,較佳為0~2的整數,更佳為0或1。 In formula (4), n3 represents an integer of 0-4, preferably an integer of 0-2, and more preferably 0 or 1.

式(4)中,「*」的含義與式(1)中說明的結合鍵相同。 In the formula (4), the meaning of "*" is the same as the bond described in the formula (1).

以下,表示由式(4)所表示的結構的具體例,但並不限定於該些。下述結構中,「*」表示由式(4)所表示的結構與聚合物骨架的結合鍵。 Hereinafter, specific examples of the structure represented by formula (4) are shown, but it is not limited to these. In the following structures, "*" represents the bond between the structure represented by formula (4) and the polymer backbone.

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0059-32
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0059-32

[化32]

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0060-33
[化32]
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0060-33

式(5)中,R10~R12分別獨立地表示碳數1~18的烷基或碳數1~8的烷氧基。n4~n6分別獨立地表示0~5的整數。n7~n9分別獨立地表示0或1,n7~n9的至少一個表示1。「*」表示由式(5)所表示的結構與聚合物骨架的結合鍵。 In formula (5), R 10 to R 12 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbons or an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbons. n4 to n6 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 5. n7 to n9 each independently represent 0 or 1, and at least one of n7 to n9 represents 1. "*" represents the bond between the structure represented by formula (5) and the polymer backbone.

於式(5)中的R10表示碳數1~18的烷基的情況下,含義與式(1)中的R1中說明的碳數1~18的烷基相同,較佳為碳數1~3的烷基,更佳為甲基。於R10表示碳數1~8的烷氧基的情況下,烷氧基的碳數較佳為1~6,更佳為1~5,進而佳為1~4。 In the case where R 10 in the formula (5) represents an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbons, the meaning is the same as the alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbons described in R 1 in the formula (1), and is preferably a carbon number The alkyl group of 1 to 3 is more preferably a methyl group. When R 10 represents an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, the carbon number of the alkoxy group is preferably 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 5, and still more preferably 1 to 4.

式(5)中的n4表示0~5的整數,較佳為1~4的整數,更佳為2或3。於n4表示2~5的整數的情況下,各個R10可相同亦可不同。 N4 in formula (5) represents an integer of 0-5, preferably an integer of 1-4, more preferably 2 or 3. When n4 represents an integer of 2 to 5, each R 10 may be the same or different.

式(5)中的R11的含義與式(5)中的R10相同,較佳的範圍亦相同。 The meaning of R 11 in formula (5) is the same as that of R 10 in formula (5), and the preferred range is also the same.

式(5)中的n5表示0~5的整數,較佳為1~3的整數,更佳為1或2。於n5表示2~5的整數的情況下,各個R11可相同亦可不同。 In formula (5), n5 represents an integer of 0-5, preferably an integer of 1-3, more preferably 1 or 2. When n5 represents an integer of 2 to 5, each R 11 may be the same or different.

式(5)中的R12的含義與式(5)中的R10相同,較佳的範圍亦相同。 The meaning of R 12 in the formula (5) is the same as that of R 10 in the formula (5), and the preferred range is also the same.

式(5)中的n6表示0~5的整數,較佳為0~3的整數,更佳為0或1。於n6表示2~5的整數的情況下,各個R12可相同亦可不同。 N6 in formula (5) represents an integer of 0-5, preferably an integer of 0-3, more preferably 0 or 1. When n6 represents an integer of 2 to 5, each R 12 may be the same or different.

式(5)中的n7~n9分別獨立地表示0或1,n7~n9的至少一個表示1。特佳為僅n7表示1,或僅n8及n9表示1,或僅n7、n8及n9的任一者表示1。 In formula (5), n7 to n9 each independently represent 0 or 1, and at least one of n7 to n9 represents 1. It is particularly preferable that only n7 represents 1, or only n8 and n9 represent 1, or only any one of n7, n8, and n9 represents 1.

式(5)中的R10~R12可分別獨立地具有取代基,亦可未經取代。作為可具有的取代基,可列舉選自所述取代基群組A中的取代基。 R 10 to R 12 in formula (5) may each independently have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent that may be possessed include substituents selected from the substituent group A.

式(5)中,「*」的含義與式(1)中說明的結合鍵相同。 In the formula (5), the meaning of "*" is the same as the bond described in the formula (1).

以下,表示由式(5)所表示的結構的具體例,但並不限定於該些。下述結構中,「*」表示由式(5)所表示的結構與聚合物骨架的結合鍵。 Hereinafter, specific examples of the structure represented by formula (5) are shown, but it is not limited to these. In the following structures, "*" represents the bond between the structure represented by formula (5) and the polymer backbone.

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0061-34
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0061-34

《《《具有由式(1)~式(5)所表示的結構的至少一個的構成單元》》》 "" "Constituent unit having at least one structure represented by formula (1) to formula (5)" ""

具有由式(1)~式(5)所表示的結構的至少一個的構成單元較佳為由下述式(E)所表示。 The structural unit having at least one structure represented by formula (1) to formula (5) is preferably represented by the following formula (E).

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0062-124
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0062-124

通式(E)中,X3的含義與通式(A)中的X1相同。L4的含義與通式(A)中的L1相同。Z1表示由所述式(1)~式(5)所表示的結構。 In the general formula (E), X 3 has the same meaning as X 1 in the general formula (A). The meaning of L 4 is the same as L 1 in the general formula (A). Z 1 represents the structure represented by the formula (1) to (5).

以下,表示具有由式(1)~式(5)所表示的結構的至少一個的構成單元的具體例,但本發明並不限定於該些。 Hereinafter, specific examples of the structural unit having at least one structure represented by formula (1) to formula (5) are shown, but the present invention is not limited to these.

[化35]

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0063-36
[化35]
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0063-36

當將色素多聚體中的所有構成單元設為100質量%時,色素多聚體的具有由式(1)~式(5)所表示的結構的至少一個的構成單元的含量較佳為0.5質量%~20質量%,進而佳為1質量%~10質量%,特佳為1質量%~5質量%。 When all the structural units in the pigment multimer are set to 100% by mass, the content of at least one structural unit of the pigment multimer having the structure represented by formula (1) to formula (5) is preferably 0.5 Mass%-20 mass%, more preferably 1 mass%-10 mass%, particularly preferably 1 mass%-5 mass%.

另外,相對於包含色素結構的構成單元1莫耳的、具有由式(1)~式(5)所表示的結構的至少一個的構成單元的含量較佳為0.5莫耳%~25莫耳%,更佳為1莫耳%~10莫耳%,進而佳為 1莫耳%~5莫耳%。 In addition, the content of the structural unit having at least one of the structures represented by formula (1) to formula (5) relative to 1 mol of the structural unit including the dye structure is preferably 0.5 mol% to 25 mol% , More preferably 1 mol%~10 mol%, more preferably 1 mol%~5 mol%.

《抗衡陰離子》 "Counter Anion"

於本發明中使用的色素結構具有陽離子結構的情況下,抗衡陰離子可處於色素多聚體的同一構成單元內,亦可處於同一構成單元外。所謂抗衡陰離子處於同一構成單元內是指於具有色素結構的構成單元內,陽離子與陰離子經由共價鍵而鍵結的情況。另一方面,所謂同一構成單元外是指所述以外的情況。例如,是指陽離子與陰離子並不經由共價鍵而鍵結,而是以不同化合物的形式存在的情況、及陽離子與陰離子作為色素多聚體的分別獨立的構成單元而被包含的情況等。 When the dye structure used in the present invention has a cationic structure, the counter anion may be in the same structural unit of the dye multimer, or may be outside the same structural unit. The term "counter anion in the same structural unit" refers to a case where a cation and an anion are bonded via a covalent bond in a structural unit having a dye structure. On the other hand, the term "outside the same structural unit" refers to cases other than the above. For example, it refers to the case where the cation and the anion are not bonded via a covalent bond but exist as different compounds, and the case where the cation and the anion are contained as separate structural units of the dye multimer.

本發明中的陰離子較佳為非親核性陰離子。非親核性的陰離子可為有機陰離子,亦可為無機陰離子,較佳為有機陰離子。作為本發明中所使用的抗衡陰離子的例子,可列舉日本專利特開2007-310315號公報的段落號0075中記載的公知的非親核性陰離子,該些內容可被編入至本申請案說明書中。此處,所謂非親核性,是指不會因加熱而對色素進行親核攻擊的性質。 The anion in the present invention is preferably a non-nucleophilic anion. The non-nucleophilic anion may be an organic anion or an inorganic anion, and is preferably an organic anion. As an example of the counter anion used in the present invention, the well-known non-nucleophilic anion described in paragraph number 0075 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2007-310315 can be cited, and these contents can be incorporated in the specification of this application. . Here, the so-called non-nucleophilic property refers to the property that the pigment does not undergo nucleophilic attack due to heating.

抗衡陰離子處於同一構成單元內的情況 When the counter anion is in the same constituent unit

本發明中的陰離子的第一實施形態為抗衡陰離子處於同一構成單元內的情況,具體而言為於具有色素結構的構成單元內,陽離子與陰離子經由共價鍵而鍵結的情況。 The first embodiment of the anion in the present invention is the case where the counter anion is in the same structural unit, specifically, the case where the cation and the anion are bonded via a covalent bond in the structural unit having a dye structure.

作為該情況下的陰離子部,較佳為選自-SO3 -、-COO-、-PO4 -、由下述通式(A1)所表示的結構及由下述通式(A2)所表示的結 構中的至少一種,更佳為選自由下述通式(A1)所表示的結構及由下述通式(A2)所表示的結構中的至少一種。 The anionic portion in this case, is preferably selected from -SO 3 -, -COO -, -PO 4 -, structure represented by the following general formula (A1) represented by the following general formula and is represented by (A2) At least one of the structures of is more preferably at least one selected from the structure represented by the following general formula (A1) and the structure represented by the following general formula (A2).

另外,陰離子部亦可包含羧酸根陰離子、磺酸根陰離子、由通式(A1-1-2)所表示的陰離子或由通式(A1-1-3)所表示的陰離子。 In addition, the anion part may contain a carboxylate anion, a sulfonate anion, an anion represented by general formula (A1-1-2), or an anion represented by general formula (A1-1-3).

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0065-37
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0065-37

(通式(A1)中,R1及R2分別獨立地表示-SO2-或-CO-) (In the general formula (A1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent -SO 2 -or -CO-)

通式(A1)中,較佳為R1及R2的至少一個表示-SO2-,更佳為R1及R2的兩者表示-SO2-。 In the general formula (A1), it is preferable that at least one of R 1 and R 2 represents -SO 2 -, and it is more preferable that both of R 1 and R 2 represent -SO 2 -.

所述通式(A1)更佳為由下述通式(A1-1)所表示。 The general formula (A1) is more preferably represented by the following general formula (A1-1).

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0065-38
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0065-38

(通式(A1-1)中,R1及R2分別獨立地表示-SO2-或-CO-。X1及X2分別獨立地表示伸烷基或伸芳基) (In the general formula (A1-1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent -SO 2 -or -CO-. X 1 and X 2 each independently represent an alkylene group or an aryl group)

通式(A1-1)中,R1及R2的含義與通式(A1)中的R1及R2相同,較佳的範圍亦相同。 In the general formula (A1-1), R 1 and R the same meaning as in the general formula (A1) 2 in R 1 and R 2, preferred ranges are also the same.

於X1表示伸烷基的情況下,伸烷基的碳數較佳為1~8,更佳為1~6。於X1表示伸芳基的情況下,伸芳基的碳數較佳為6~18,更佳為6~12,進而佳為6。於X1具有取代基的情況下,較佳為由氟原子取代。 When X 1 represents an alkylene group, the carbon number of the alkylene group is preferably from 1 to 8, and more preferably from 1 to 6. In the case where X 1 represents an arylene group, the carbon number of the arylene group is preferably 6-18, more preferably 6-12, and still more preferably 6. When X 1 has a substituent, it is preferably substituted by a fluorine atom.

X2表示烷基或芳基,較佳為烷基。烷基的碳數較佳為1~8,更佳為1~6,進而佳為1~3,特佳為1。於X2具有取代基的情況下,較佳為由氟原子取代。 X 2 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, preferably an alkyl group. The carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably from 1 to 8, more preferably from 1 to 6, further preferably from 1 to 3, and particularly preferably from 1. When X 2 has a substituent, it is preferably substituted by a fluorine atom.

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0066-39
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0066-39

(通式(A2)中,R3表示-SO2-或-CO-。R4及R5分別獨立地表示-SO2-、-CO-或-CN) (In the general formula (A2), R 3 represents -SO 2 -or -CO-. R 4 and R 5 each independently represent -SO 2 -, -CO- or -CN)

通式(A2)中,較佳為R3~R5的至少一個表示-SO2-,更佳為R3~R5的至少兩個表示-SO2-。 In the general formula (A2), preferably at least one of R 3 to R 5 represents -SO 2 -, and more preferably at least two of R 3 to R 5 represents -SO 2 -.

於本實施形態中,尤其於色素多聚體的骨架由所述通式(A)所表示的構成單元表示的情況下,可列舉L1的一部分包含 由通式(A1)所表示的部分的情況作為較佳例。作為該情況下的具體例,可例示後述的具有色素結構的構成單元的例示中的(a-xt-1)、(a-xt-5)、(a-xt-6)。 In this embodiment, in particular, when the skeleton of the dye multimer is represented by the structural unit represented by the general formula (A), a part of L 1 includes the part represented by the general formula (A1) The situation serves as a better example. As a specific example in this case, (a-xt-1), (a-xt-5), (a-xt-6) in the illustration of the structural unit which has a dye structure mentioned later can be illustrated.

另外,於本實施形態中,亦可列舉色素多聚體的骨架包含由通式(B)所表示的構成單元的情況作為一例。作為該情況下的具體例,可例示後述的具有色素結構的構成單元的例示中的(B-dp-1)、(B-mp-1)、(B-xt-1)、(B-xt-2)。 Moreover, in this embodiment, the case where the skeleton of a dye multimer contains the structural unit represented by general formula (B) can also be mentioned as an example. As a specific example in this case, (B-dp-1), (B-mp-1), (B-xt-1), (B-xt) in the illustration of the structural unit having a dye structure described later can be exemplified -2).

抗衡陰離子為不同分子的情況 When the counter anion is a different molecule

本發明中的陰離子的第二實施形態為抗衡陰離子處於同一構成單元外的情況,且為陽離子與陰離子並不經由共價鍵鍵結而以不同分子的形式存在的情況。 The second embodiment of the anion in the present invention is the case where the counter anion is outside the same structural unit, and the cation and the anion are not bonded via a covalent bond but exist as different molecules.

作為該情況下的陰離子,例如可例示氟陰離子、氯陰離子、溴陰離子、碘陰離子、氰化物離子、過氯酸根陰離子、及非親核性陰離子等,較佳為非親核性陰離子。 As the anion in this case, for example, a fluoride anion, a chloride anion, a bromide anion, an iodide anion, a cyanide ion, a perchlorate anion, and a non-nucleophilic anion are exemplified, and a nonnucleophilic anion is preferable.

非親核性的抗衡陰離子可為有機陰離子,亦可為無機陰離子,較佳為有機陰離子。作為本發明中所使用的抗衡陰離子的例子,可列舉日本專利特開2007-310315號公報的段落號0075中記載的公知的非親核性陰離子,該些內容可被編入至本申請案說明書中。 The non-nucleophilic counter anion may be an organic anion or an inorganic anion, preferably an organic anion. As an example of the counter anion used in the present invention, the well-known non-nucleophilic anion described in paragraph number 0075 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2007-310315 can be cited. These contents can be incorporated into the specification of this application. .

較佳為可列舉雙(磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子、三(磺醯基)甲基陰離子、四芳基硼酸根陰離子、B-(CN)n1(ORa)4-n1(Ra表示碳數1~10的烷基或碳數6~10的芳基,n1表示1~4)及PFn2RP (6-n2) -(RP 表示碳數1~10的氟化烷基,n2表示1~6的整數),更佳為選自雙(磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子、三(磺醯基)甲基陰離子及四芳基硼酸根陰離子中,進而佳為雙(磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子。藉由使用此種非親核性的抗衡陰離子,存在更有效地發揮本發明的效果的傾向。 Preferably include bis (sulfo acyl) acyl imide anion, tris (acyl sulfo) methyl anion, tetraarylborate anion, B - (CN) n1 ( OR a) 4-n1 (R a represents alkyl having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 6 to 10, and N1 represents 1 to 4) and PF n2 R P (6-n2 ) - (R P represents a fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, n2 represents an integer of 1 to 6), more preferably selected from the group consisting of bis(sulfonyl)imide anion, tris(sulfonyl)methyl anion and tetraarylborate anion, and more preferably bis(sulfonyl)borate anion Group) imine anion. By using such a non-nucleophilic counter anion, there is a tendency to more effectively exhibit the effects of the present invention.

作為非親核性的抗衡陰離子的雙(磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子較佳為由下述通式(AN-1)所表示的結構。 The bis(sulfonyl)imide anion which is a non-nucleophilic counter anion preferably has a structure represented by the following general formula (AN-1).

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0068-40
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0068-40

(式(AN-1)中,X1及X2分別獨立地表示氟原子或具有氟原子的碳數1~10的烷基。X1及X2亦可相互鍵結而形成環)X1及X2分別獨立地表示氟原子或具有氟原子的碳數1~10的烷基,較佳為氟原子或具有氟原子的碳數1~10的烷基,更佳為碳數1~10的全氟烷基,進而佳為碳數1~4的全氟烷基,特佳為三氟甲基。 (In formula (AN-1), X 1 and X 2 each independently represent a fluorine atom or a C 1-10 alkyl group having a fluorine atom. X 1 and X 2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring) X 1 And X 2 each independently represent a fluorine atom or a C 1-10 alkyl group having a fluorine atom, preferably a fluorine atom or a C 1-10 alkyl group having a fluorine atom, more preferably a C 1-10 alkyl group The perfluoroalkyl group is more preferably a C1-C4 perfluoroalkyl group, and particularly preferably a trifluoromethyl group.

作為非親核性的抗衡陰離子的三(磺醯基)甲基陰離子較佳為下述通式(AN-2)的結構。 The tris(sulfonyl)methyl anion as a non-nucleophilic counter anion is preferably a structure of the following general formula (AN-2).

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0069-41
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0069-41

(式(AN-2)中,X3、X4及X5分別獨立地表示氟原子或碳數1~10的具有氟原子的烷基) (In the formula (AN-2), X 3 , X 4 and X 5 each independently represent a fluorine atom or an alkyl group having a fluorine atom with 1 to 10 carbon atoms)

X3、X4及X5的含義分別獨立地與X1及X2相同,較佳的範圍的含義亦相同。 The meanings of X 3 , X 4 and X 5 are independently the same as X 1 and X 2 , and the meanings of the preferred ranges are also the same.

關於作為非親核性的抗衡陰離子的四芳基硼酸根陰離子,較佳為由下述通式(AN-5)所表示的化合物。 Regarding the tetraarylborate anion as the non-nucleophilic counter anion, a compound represented by the following general formula (AN-5) is preferred.

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0069-42
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0069-42

(式(AN-5)中,Ar1、Ar2、Ar3及Ar4分別獨立地表示芳基) (In formula (AN-5), Ar 1 , Ar 2 , Ar 3 and Ar 4 each independently represent an aryl group)

Ar1、Ar2、Ar3及Ar4分別獨立地較佳為碳數6~20的芳基,更佳為碳數6~14的芳基,進而佳為碳數6~10的芳基。 Ar 1 , Ar 2 , Ar 3 and Ar 4 are each independently preferably an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbons, more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbons, and still more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbons.

Ar1、Ar2、Ar3及Ar4所表示的芳基亦可具有取代基。於具有取代基的情況下,可列舉鹵素原子、烷基、芳基、烷氧基、羰基、羰氧基、胺甲醯基、磺基、磺醯胺基、硝基等,較佳為鹵素原子及烷基,更佳為氟原子、烷基,進而佳為氟原子、碳數1~4的全氟烷基。 The aryl group represented by Ar 1 , Ar 2 , Ar 3 and Ar 4 may have a substituent. In the case of having a substituent, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, a carbonyl group, a carbonyloxy group, a carbamethan group, a sulfo group, a sulfonamide group, a nitro group, etc. can be mentioned, and halogen is preferred. The atom and the alkyl group are more preferably a fluorine atom or an alkyl group, and still more preferably a fluorine atom and a C1-C4 perfluoroalkyl group.

Ar1、Ar2、Ar3及Ar4分別獨立地更佳為包含鹵素原子及/或具有鹵素原子的烷基的苯基,進而佳為包含氟原子及/或具有氟原子的烷基的苯基。 Ar 1 , Ar 2 , Ar 3 and Ar 4 are each independently more preferably a phenyl group containing a halogen atom and/or an alkyl group having a halogen atom, and still more preferably a benzene containing a fluorine atom and/or an alkyl group having a fluorine atom base.

另外,非親核性的抗衡陰離子較佳為-B(CN)n1(ORa)4-n1(Ra表示碳數1~10的烷基或碳數6~10的芳基,n1表示1~4的整數)。作為碳數1~10的烷基的Ra較佳為碳數1~6的烷基,更佳為碳數1~4的烷基。作為碳數6~10的芳基的Ra較佳為苯基、萘基。 In addition, the non-nucleophilic counter anion is preferably -B(CN) n1 (OR a ) 4-n1 (R a represents an alkyl group with 1 to 10 carbons or an aryl group with 6 to 10 carbons, and n1 represents 1 ~4 integer). Ra as the alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. R a as the aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group.

n1較佳為1~3,更佳為1~2。 n1 is preferably 1~3, more preferably 1~2.

此外,非親核性的抗衡陰離子較佳為-PF6RP (6-n2) -(RP表示碳數1~10的氟化烷基,n2表示1~6的整數)。RP較佳為碳數1~6的具有氟原子的烷基,更佳為碳數1~4的具有氟原子的烷 基,進而佳為碳數1~3的全氟烷基。 In addition, non-nucleophilic counter anion is preferably -PF 6 R P (6-n2 ) - (R P represents a fluorinated alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, n2 represents an integer of 1 to 6). R P is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms having a fluorine atom, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms having a fluorine atom, and still more preferably a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.

n2較佳為1~4的整數,更佳為1或2。 n2 is preferably an integer of 1 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2.

本發明中所使用的非親核性抗衡陰離子的每一分子的質量較佳為100~1,000,更佳為200~500。 The mass per molecule of the non-nucleophilic counter anion used in the present invention is preferably 100 to 1,000, and more preferably 200 to 500.

本發明的色素多聚體可僅包含一種非親核性抗衡陰離子,亦可包含兩種以上。 The pigment multimer of the present invention may include only one type of non-nucleophilic counter anion, or may include two or more types.

以下,表示本發明中所使用的非親核性的抗衡陰離子的具體例,但本發明並不限定於此。 Hereinafter, specific examples of non-nucleophilic counter anions used in the present invention are shown, but the present invention is not limited to these.

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0071-43
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0071-43

[化43]

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0072-44
[化43]
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0072-44

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0072-45
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0072-45

[化45]

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0073-46
[化45]
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0073-46

另外,於第二實施形態中,陰離子可為多聚體。作為該情況下的多聚體,可例示包含含陰離子的構成單元且不含源自包含陽離子的色素結構的構成單元的多聚體。此處,包含陰離子的 構成單元可列舉後述的第三實施形態中敘述的包含陰離子的構成單元作為較佳例。進而,包含陰離子的多聚體亦可具有包含陰離子的構成單元以外的構成單元。作為此種構成單元,可例示後述的本發明中使用的色素多聚體可包含的其他重複單元作為較佳例。 In addition, in the second embodiment, the anion may be a multimer. As a multimer in this case, the multimer which contains the structural unit containing an anion and does not contain the structural unit derived from the dye structure containing a cation can be illustrated. Here, the anionic As the structural unit, a structural unit containing an anion described in the third embodiment described later can be cited as a preferable example. Furthermore, the multimer containing an anion may have a structural unit other than the structural unit containing an anion. As such a structural unit, other repeating units that can be included in the dye multimer used in the present invention described later can be exemplified as preferred examples.

陽離子與陰離子包含於色素多聚體的不同的構成單元中的情況 When the cation and anion are contained in different structural units of the pigment polymer

作為本發明中的第三實施形態,是指陽離子與陰離子包含於色素多聚體的分別獨立的構成單元中的情況。 As the third embodiment of the present invention, it refers to the case where the cation and the anion are contained in the respective independent structural units of the dye multimer.

於本實施形態的情況下,陰離子可包含於色素多聚體的側鏈,亦可包含於主鏈,亦可於主鏈及側鏈此兩者上具有抗衡陰離子。較佳為側鏈。 In the case of this embodiment, the anion may be included in the side chain of the dye multimer, may be included in the main chain, and may have a counter anion on both the main chain and the side chain. Preferably it is a side chain.

作為包含陰離子的構成單元的較佳例,可例示由通式(C1)所表示的構成單元及由通式(D1)所表示的構成單元。 As a preferable example of the structural unit containing an anion, the structural unit represented by general formula (C1) and the structural unit represented by general formula (D1) can be illustrated.

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0074-47
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0074-47

(通式(C1)中,X1表示構成單元的主鏈。L1表示單鍵或二價的連結基。anion表示抗衡陰離子) (In the general formula (C1), X 1 represents the main chain of the constituent unit. L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Anion represents a counter anion)

通式(C1)中,X1表示構成單元的主鏈,通常表示藉由聚合反應而形成的連結基,例如較佳為(甲基)丙烯酸系、苯乙烯系、乙烯基系等,更佳為(甲基)丙烯酸系、苯乙烯系,進而佳為(甲基)丙烯酸系。再者,由兩個*所表示的部位成為構成單元。 In the general formula (C1), X 1 represents the main chain of a constituent unit, and usually represents a linking group formed by a polymerization reaction. For example, (meth)acrylic, styrene, vinyl, etc. are preferred, and more preferably It is a (meth)acrylic system, a styrene system, and more preferably a (meth)acrylic system. Furthermore, the part indicated by two * becomes a structural unit.

於L1表示二價的連結基的情況下,較佳為碳數1~30的伸烷基(亞甲基、伸乙基、三亞甲基、伸丙基、伸丁基等)、碳數6~30的伸芳基(伸苯基、伸萘基等)、雜環連結基、-CH=CH-、-O-、-S-、-C(=O)-、-CO-、-NR-、-CONR-、-OC-、-SO-、-SO2-及將該些的兩個以上組合而成的連結基。此處,R分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、芳基、或雜環基。 When L 1 represents a divalent linking group, it is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (methylene, ethylene, trimethylene, propylene, butylene, etc.), and carbon number 6~30 arylene (phenylene, naphthylene, etc.), heterocyclic linking group, -CH=CH-, -O-, -S-, -C(=O)-, -CO-,- NR-, -CONR-, -OC-, -SO-, -SO 2 -and linking groups formed by combining two or more of these. Here, R each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group.

特佳為L1為單鍵、或將碳數1~10的伸烷基(較佳為-(CH2)n-(n為5~10的整數))、碳數6~12的伸芳基(較佳為伸苯基、伸萘基)、-NH-、-CO2-、-O-及-SO2-的兩個以上組合而成的二價的連結基。 Particularly preferably, L 1 is a single bond, or an alkylene having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably -(CH 2 )n-(n is an integer of 5 to 10)), or an alkylene having 6 to 12 carbon atoms. A divalent linking group formed by a combination of two or more groups (preferably phenylene or naphthylene), -NH-, -CO 2 -, -O- and -SO 2 -.

作為X1的具體例,可例示所述通式(A)中的X1的例子作為較佳例。 Examples Specific examples of X 1 X 1 can be exemplified by the general formula (A) as in the preferred embodiment.

通式(D1)[化47]

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0076-48
General formula (D1) [化47]
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0076-48

(通式(D1)中,L2及L3分別獨立地表示單鍵或二價的連結基。anion表示所述抗衡陰離子) (In the general formula (D1), L 2 and L 3 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group. Anion represents the counter anion)

通式(D1)中,於L2及L3表示二價的連結基的情況下,較佳為碳數1~30的伸烷基、碳數6~30的伸芳基、雜環連結基、-CH=CH-、-O-、-S-、-C(=O)-、-CO2-、-NR-、-CONR-、-O2C-、-SO-、-SO2-及將該些的兩個以上組合而成的連結基。此處,R分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、芳基、或雜環基。 In the general formula (D1), when L 2 and L 3 represent a divalent linking group, it is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, an arylene group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and a heterocyclic linking group , -CH=CH-, -O-, -S-, -C(=O)-, -CO 2 -, -NR-, -CONR-, -O 2 C-, -SO-, -SO 2- And a linking group formed by combining two or more of these. Here, R each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group.

L2較佳為碳數6~12的伸芳基(尤其是伸苯基)。碳數6~30的伸芳基較佳為由氟原子取代。 L 2 is preferably an arylene group having 6 to 12 carbons (especially a phenylene group). The arylene group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms is preferably substituted with a fluorine atom.

L3較佳為包含碳數6~12的伸芳基(尤其是伸苯基)與-O-的組合的基,較佳為至少一種碳數6~12的伸芳基由氟原子取代。 L 3 is preferably a group containing a combination of an arylene group having 6 to 12 carbons (especially a phenylene group) and -O-, and preferably at least one arylene group having 6 to 12 carbons is substituted with a fluorine atom.

作為抗衡陰離子,可例示在所述抗衡陰離子處於同一構成單元內的情況下敘述的陰離子部作為較佳的陰離子。 As the counter anion, the anion part described when the counter anion is in the same structural unit can be exemplified as a preferable anion.

以下表示本實施形態中的包含陰離子的構成單元的具體例,但本發明並不限定於該些。 The following shows specific examples of the anion-containing structural unit in this embodiment, but the present invention is not limited to these.

[化48]

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0077-49
[化48]
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0077-49

以下的具體例表示陰離子結構並未解離的狀態,但陰離子結構解離的狀態當然亦為本發明的範圍內。 The following specific examples show the state where the anion structure is not dissociated, but the state where the anion structure is dissociated is of course also within the scope of the present invention.

[化49]

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0078-50
[化49]
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0078-50

[化50]

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0079-51
[化50]
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0079-51

[化51]

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0080-52
[化51]
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0080-52

[化52]

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0081-53
[化52]
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0081-53

[化53]

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0082-54
[化53]
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0082-54

(染料的具體例) (Specific examples of dyes)

以下表示染料的具體例,但本發明並不限定於此。於下述具體例中,X-表示陰離子。另外,以下所示的色素結構中的任意氫原子與聚合物骨架鍵結。 Specific examples of dyes are shown below, but the present invention is not limited to these. In the following specific examples, X - represents an anion. In addition, arbitrary hydrogen atoms in the dye structure shown below are bonded to the polymer backbone.

作為三苯基甲烷化合物的具體例,可列舉以下。 As a specific example of a triphenylmethane compound, the following can be mentioned.

[化54]

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0083-55
[化54]
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0083-55

[化55]

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0084-56
[化55]
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0084-56

作為呫噸化合物的具體例,可列舉以下。 As a specific example of a xanthene compound, the following can be mentioned.

[化56]

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0085-57
[化56]
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0085-57

[化57]

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0086-58
[化57]
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0086-58

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0087-59
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0087-59

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0088-60
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0088-60

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0089-62
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0089-62

以下,表示本發明中所使用的具有色素結構的構成單元 的例子。X-表示抗衡陰離子。另外,一部分X以陰離子結構未解離的狀態來表示,但解離的狀態當然亦包含於本發明中。 Hereinafter, examples of structural units having a dye structure used in the present invention are shown. X - represents the counter anion. In addition, a part of X is expressed in a state where the anionic structure is not dissociated, but the dissociated state is of course also included in the present invention.

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0090-63
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0090-63

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0090-64
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0090-64

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0091-65
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0091-65

[化64]

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0092-67
[化64]
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0092-67

[化65]

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0093-68
[化65]
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0093-68

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0093-69
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0093-69

[化67]

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0094-70
[化67]
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0094-70

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0094-71
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0094-71

[化69]

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0095-72
[化69]
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0095-72

[化70]

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0096-73
[化70]
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0096-73

[化71]

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0097-75
[化71]
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0097-75

[化72]

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0098-77
[化72]
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0098-77

作為具有色素結構的構成單元,亦可列舉源自下述例示化合物M-17~M-37、M-39、M-40、M-43的任一者的構成單元。 As the structural unit having a dye structure, a structural unit derived from any of the following exemplary compounds M-17 to M-37, M-39, M-40, and M-43 can also be cited.

[化73]

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0099-78
[化73]
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0099-78

[化74]

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0100-79
[化74]
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0100-79

[化75]

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0101-80
[化75]
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0101-80

[化76]

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0102-81
[化76]
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0102-81

(染料的特性) (Characteristics of the dye)

本發明中所使用的染料的最大吸收波長較佳為400nm~650nm,更佳為450nm~600nm。 The maximum absorption wavelength of the dye used in the present invention is preferably 400 nm to 650 nm, more preferably 450 nm to 600 nm.

本發明中所使用的染料的重量平均分子量較佳為2000以上,更佳為3000以上,進而佳為4000以上,特佳為5000以上。尤其,藉由染料的重量平均分子量為5000以上,本發明的著色感放射線性組成物對顯影液的溶解性提高。另外,關於染料的重量平均分子量的上限,並無特別限定,較佳為30000以下,更佳為 20000以下,進而佳為15000以下,特佳為10000以下。 The weight average molecular weight of the dye used in the present invention is preferably 2000 or higher, more preferably 3000 or higher, still more preferably 4000 or higher, particularly preferably 5000 or higher. In particular, when the weight average molecular weight of the dye is 5000 or more, the solubility of the color-sensitive radiation composition of the present invention in the developer is improved. In addition, the upper limit of the weight average molecular weight of the dye is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 30,000 or less, and more preferably It is 20,000 or less, more preferably 15,000 or less, and particularly preferably 10,000 or less.

於本說明書中,重量平均分子量及數量平均分子量使用藉由凝膠滲透層析(Gel Permeation Chromatography,GPC)法並進行苯乙烯換算而測定的值。 In this specification, the weight average molecular weight and the number average molecular weight use the values measured by the gel permeation chromatography (Gel Permeation Chromatography, GPC) method and styrene conversion.

另外,於染料為色素多聚體的情況下,重量平均分子量(Mw)與數量平均分子量(Mn)的比[(Mw)/(Mn)]較佳為1.0~3.0,進而佳為1.6~2.5,特佳為1.6~2.0。 In addition, when the dye is a pigment polymer, the ratio of the weight average molecular weight (Mw) to the number average molecular weight (Mn) [(Mw)/(Mn)] is preferably 1.0 to 3.0, and more preferably 1.6 to 2.5 , Especially preferred is 1.6~2.0.

本發明中所使用的染料的玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)較佳為50℃以上,更佳為100℃以上。另外,利用熱重分析(TGA(thermogravimetric analysis)測定)而得的5%重量減少溫度較佳為120℃以上,更佳為150℃以上,進而佳為200℃以上。藉由處於該區域,當將本發明的著色感放射線性組成物應用於彩色濾光片等的製作時,可減小因加熱製程而引起的濃度變化。 The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the dye used in the present invention is preferably 50°C or higher, more preferably 100°C or higher. In addition, the 5% weight loss temperature obtained by thermogravimetric analysis (TGA (thermogravimetric analysis) measurement) is preferably 120°C or higher, more preferably 150°C or higher, and still more preferably 200°C or higher. By being in this area, when the color-sensitive radiation composition of the present invention is applied to the production of color filters and the like, the density change caused by the heating process can be reduced.

另外,本發明中所使用的染料的每單位重量的吸光係數(以後記載為ε'。ε'=ε/平均分子量、單位:L/g.cm)較佳為30以上,更佳為60以上,進而佳為100以上。藉由處於該範圍,於使用本發明的著色感放射線性組成物製作彩色濾光片的情況下,可製作顏色再現性良好的彩色濾光片。 In addition, the absorbance coefficient per unit weight of the dye used in the present invention (hereinafter referred to as ε'. ε'=ε/average molecular weight, unit: L/g·cm) is preferably 30 or more, more preferably 60 or more , More preferably 100 or more. By being in this range, when a color filter is produced using the color-sensitive radiation composition of the present invention, a color filter with good color reproducibility can be produced.

就著色力的觀點而言,染料的莫耳吸光係數較佳為儘可能高。 From the viewpoint of tinting power, the molar absorption coefficient of the dye is preferably as high as possible.

再者,最大吸收波長及莫耳吸光係數是利用分光光度計cary5(瓦里安(Varian)公司製造)進行測定者。 In addition, the maximum absorption wavelength and the molar absorption coefficient were measured with a spectrophotometer cary5 (manufactured by Varian).

本發明中所使用的染料較佳為溶解於以下的有機溶劑中的化合物。作為有機溶劑,可列舉酯類(例如,3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、乳酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯等)、醚類(例如甲基溶纖劑乙酸酯、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯等)、酮類(甲基乙基酮、環己酮、2-庚酮、3-庚酮等)、芳香族烴類(例如,甲苯、二甲苯等),相對於該些溶劑,以較佳為溶解1質量%以上、50質量%以下,更佳為溶解5質量%~40質量%,進而佳為溶解10質量%~30質量%為宜。藉由處於該區域內,當將本發明的著色感放射線性組成物應用於彩色濾光片等的製作時,容易獲得適宜的塗佈表面性狀、或容易減小由塗佈其他顏色後的溶出所造成的濃度下降。 The dye used in the present invention is preferably a compound dissolved in the following organic solvent. Examples of organic solvents include esters (for example, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl lactate, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, etc.) , Ethers (such as methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, etc.), ketones (methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone) , 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, etc.), aromatic hydrocarbons (for example, toluene, xylene, etc.), with respect to these solvents, it is preferable to dissolve 1% by mass or more and 50% by mass or less, more preferably It is suitable to dissolve 5% to 40% by mass, and more preferably to dissolve 10% to 30% by mass. By being in this area, when the colored radiation composition of the present invention is applied to the production of color filters, etc., it is easy to obtain suitable coating surface properties, or it is easy to reduce the elution after coating other colors. The resulting concentration drops.

於本發明的著色感放射線性組成物中,可單獨使用一種染料,亦可併用兩種以上。 In the colored radiation composition of the present invention, one type of dye may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.

於使用所述染料的情況下,相對於著色感放射線性組成物的總固體成分,本發明的著色感放射線性組成物中的染料的含量較佳為10質量%~70質量%,更佳為10質量%~50質量%,特佳為15質量%~30質量%。 In the case of using the dye, relative to the total solid content of the colored radiation-sensitive composition, the content of the dye in the colored radiation-sensitive composition of the present invention is preferably 10% by mass to 70% by mass, more preferably 10% by mass to 50% by mass, particularly preferably 15% by mass to 30% by mass.

另外,相對於著色感放射線性組成物的總固體成分的、包含染料的著色劑的濃度較佳為50質量%以上,更佳為60質量%以上。 In addition, the concentration of the coloring agent containing the dye relative to the total solid content of the colored radiation-sensitive composition is preferably 50% by mass or more, and more preferably 60% by mass or more.

[聚合性化合物B] [Polymerizable compound B]

作為聚合性化合物B(以下,亦簡稱為「聚合性化合物」),只要為藉由後述的光聚合起始劑D聚合的化合物即可,可使用公 知的聚合性化合物。 As the polymerizable compound B (hereinafter, also simply referred to as "polymerizable compound"), any compound polymerized by the photopolymerization initiator D described later may be used. Known polymerizable compound.

其中,就聚合性的觀點而言,亦可使用具有至少一個乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的加成聚合性化合物,較佳為使用具有至少一個、較佳為2個以上、10個以下的末端乙烯性不飽和鍵的化合物。 Among them, from the viewpoint of polymerizability, addition polymerizable compounds having at least one ethylenically unsaturated double bond can also be used, and it is preferable to use terminal ethylene having at least one, preferably two or more, and ten or less terminal ethylene groups. Compounds with sexually unsaturated bonds.

其中,就著色層的密接性更優異的觀點而言,聚合性化合物較佳為具有三個以上的乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的聚合性化合物(以下,有時稱為「多官能單體」)。此種化合物於該產業領域中已廣為人知,於本發明中,可並無特別限定地使用該些。本發明中的多官能單體可單獨使用一種,亦可併用兩種以上。本發明中使用的多官能單體較佳為(甲基)丙烯酸酯單體。 Among them, from the viewpoint of more excellent adhesion of the colored layer, the polymerizable compound is preferably a polymerizable compound having three or more ethylenically unsaturated double bonds (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "polyfunctional monomer") . Such compounds are widely known in the industrial field, and in the present invention, they can be used without particular limitation. The polyfunctional monomer in the present invention may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds. The polyfunctional monomer used in the present invention is preferably a (meth)acrylate monomer.

作為該些的具體的化合物,可適宜地使用日本專利特開2009-288705號公報的段落[0095]~段落[0108]中所記載的化合物。 As these specific compounds, the compounds described in paragraph [0095] to paragraph [0108] of JP 2009-288705 A can be suitably used.

除所述以外,亦可適宜地使用由下述通式(MO-1)~通式(MO-6)所表示的自由基聚合性單體。再者,式中,於T為氧伸烷基的情況下,碳原子側的末端鍵結於R。 In addition to the above, radically polymerizable monomers represented by the following general formula (MO-1) to (MO-6) can also be suitably used. Furthermore, in the formula, when T is an oxyalkylene group, the terminal on the carbon atom side is bonded to R.

[化77]

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0106-82
[化77]
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0106-82

式中,n分別為0~14,m分別為1~8。於一分子內存在多個的R、T及Z分別可相同,亦可不同。於T為氧伸烷基的情況下,碳原子側的末端鍵結於R。R中的至少三個為聚合性基。 In the formula, n is 0-14 and m is 1-8. Multiple R, T, and Z in a molecule may be the same or different. When T is an oxyalkylene group, the terminal on the carbon atom side is bonded to R. At least three of R are polymerizable groups.

n較佳為0~5,更佳為1~3。 n is preferably 0-5, more preferably 1-3.

m較佳為1~5,更佳為1~3。 m is preferably 1~5, more preferably 1~3.

R R

較佳為[化78]

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0107-83
更佳為
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0107-84
Preferably [化78]
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0107-83
Better
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0107-84

作為由所述通式(MO-1)~通式(MO-6)所表示的自由基聚合性單體的具體例,可適宜地使用日本專利特開2007-269779號公報的段落[0248]~段落[0251]中所記載的化合物。 As a specific example of the radical polymerizable monomer represented by the general formula (MO-1) to the general formula (MO-6), the paragraph of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2007-269779 can be suitably used [0248] ~ The compound described in paragraph [0251].

其中,作為多官能單體等,較佳為二季戊四醇三丙烯酸酯(市售品為卡亞拉得(KAYARAD)D-330;日本化藥股份有限公司製造)、二季戊四醇四丙烯酸酯(市售品為KAYARAD D-320;日本化藥股份有限公司製造)、二季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯(市售品為KAYARAD D-310;日本化藥股份有限公司製造)、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯(市售品為KAYARAD DPHA;日本化藥股份有限公司製造)、以及該些的(甲基)丙烯醯基介隔乙二醇殘基、丙二醇殘基的結構。亦可使用該些的寡聚物型。 Among them, as multifunctional monomers and the like, dipentaerythritol triacrylate (commercially available product is KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate (commercially available The product is KAYARAD D-320; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate (commercially available product is KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol hexa(methyl) ) Acrylate (commercially available product is KAYARAD DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), and these (meth)acrylic acid groups are separated by ethylene glycol residues and propylene glycol residues. These oligomer types can also be used.

例如,可列舉RP-1040(日本化藥股份有限公司製造)等。 For example, RP-1040 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) and the like can be cited.

多官能單體亦可具有羧基、磺酸基、磷酸基等酸基。因此,若乙烯性化合物如上所述而如為混合物的情況般為具有未反應的羧基者,則可直接利用該乙烯性化合物,於必要時,亦可使所述異性性化合物的羥基與非芳香族羧酸酐進行反應來導入酸基。該情況下,作為所使用的非芳香族羧酸酐的具體例,可列舉四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、烷基化四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、六氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、烷基化六氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、丁二酸酐、順丁烯二酸酐。 The multifunctional monomer may have acid groups such as carboxyl groups, sulfonic acid groups, and phosphoric acid groups. Therefore, if the ethylenic compound has an unreacted carboxyl group as in the case of a mixture as described above, the ethylenic compound can be used directly, and if necessary, the hydroxyl group of the opposite compound can be combined with a non-aromatic The carboxylic acid anhydride reacts to introduce acid groups. In this case, specific examples of the non-aromatic carboxylic acid anhydride used include tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, alkylated tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, hexahydrophthalic anhydride, and alkylated hexahydrophthalic anhydride. Hydrogen phthalic anhydride, succinic anhydride, maleic anhydride.

於本發明中,具有酸基的單體為脂肪族聚羥基化合物與不飽和羧酸的酯,較佳為使脂肪族多羥基化合物的未反應的羥基與非芳香族羧酸酐進行反應而具有酸基的多官能單體,特佳為於該酯中,脂肪族多羥基化合物為季戊四醇及/或二季戊四醇者。作為市售品,例如可列舉作為東亞合成股份有限公司製造的多元酸改質丙烯酸寡聚物的阿羅尼斯(Aronix)系列的M-305、M-510、M-520等。 In the present invention, the monomer having an acid group is an ester of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid, and it is preferable to react the unreacted hydroxyl group of the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound with a non-aromatic carboxylic anhydride to have an acid The polyfunctional monomer of the group is particularly preferred in the ester, and the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is pentaerythritol and/or dipentaerythritol. As a commercially available product, M-305, M-510, M-520 of the Aronix series, which are polyacid-modified acrylic oligomers manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd., can be cited.

具有酸基的多官能單體的較佳的酸價為0.1mgKOH/g~40mgKOH/g,特佳為5mgKOH/g~30mgKOH/g。 The preferred acid value of the polyfunctional monomer having an acid group is 0.1 mgKOH/g-40 mgKOH/g, particularly preferably 5 mgKOH/g-30 mgKOH/g.

於本發明的組成物的總固體成分中,聚合性化合物(尤其是多官能單體)的含量較佳為3質量%以上,更佳為5質量%以上,進而佳為7質量%以上。上限並無特別限定,較佳為50質量%以下,更佳為40質量%以下。 In the total solid content of the composition of the present invention, the content of the polymerizable compound (especially the polyfunctional monomer) is preferably 3% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more, and still more preferably 7% by mass or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 50% by mass or less, and more preferably 40% by mass or less.

聚合性化合物可單獨使用一種,亦可將兩種以上組合使用。作為組合的較佳例,較佳為組合兩種所含有的聚合性基不同 的單體,就顯影性及密接性的觀點而言,更佳為組合聚合性基為4官能以下的單體與聚合性基為5官能以上的單體。 The polymerizable compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds. As a preferable example of the combination, it is preferable to combine the two types with different polymerizable groups. From the viewpoint of developability and adhesion, it is more preferable to combine a monomer with a polymerizable group of tetrafunctional or less and a monomer with a polymerizable group of pentafunctional or more.

於本發明的組成物中,後述的鹼可溶性樹脂C相對於聚合性化合物B的質量比(C/B)較佳為0.3以上、2.5以下,更佳為0.4以上、2.3以下,進而佳為0.5以上、2.0以下。藉由處於該範圍,可抑制顯影時的顏色殘留,圖案缺損的抑制優異。 In the composition of the present invention, the mass ratio (C/B) of the alkali-soluble resin C to the polymerizable compound B described later is preferably 0.3 or more and 2.5 or less, more preferably 0.4 or more and 2.3 or less, and still more preferably 0.5 Above and below 2.0. By being in this range, color retention during development can be suppressed, and the suppression of pattern defects is excellent.

[鹼可溶性樹脂C] [Alkali-soluble resin C]

作為鹼可溶性樹脂C(以下,亦簡稱為「鹼可溶性樹脂」),可自分子(較佳為將丙烯酸系共聚物、苯乙烯系共聚物作為主鏈的分子)中具有至少一個促進鹼可溶性的基、且為線狀有機高分子聚合物的鹼可溶性樹脂中適宜選擇。就耐熱性的觀點而言,較佳為聚羥基苯乙烯系樹脂、聚矽氧烷系樹脂、丙烯酸系樹脂、丙烯醯胺系樹脂、丙烯酸/丙烯醯胺共聚物樹脂,就控制顯影性的觀點而言,較佳為丙烯酸系樹脂、丙烯醯胺系樹脂、丙烯酸/丙烯醯胺共聚物樹脂。 As the alkali-soluble resin C (hereinafter also referred to as "alkali-soluble resin"), it may have at least one molecule (preferably a molecule having an acrylic copolymer or a styrene copolymer as the main chain) that promotes alkali solubility It is suitably selected from alkali-soluble resins which are linear organic high molecular polymers. From the viewpoint of heat resistance, polyhydroxystyrene-based resins, polysiloxane-based resins, acrylic resins, acrylamide-based resins, acrylic/acrylamide copolymer resins are preferred, and from the viewpoint of controlling developability In particular, acrylic resins, acrylamide resins, and acrylic/acrylamide copolymer resins are preferred.

作為促進鹼可溶性的基(以下,亦稱為酸基),例如可列舉羧基、磷酸基、磺酸基、酚性羥基等,較佳為可溶於溶劑且可藉由弱鹼性水溶液進行顯影的基,作為特佳者,可列舉(甲基)丙烯酸。該些酸基可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上。 Examples of groups that promote alkali solubility (hereinafter, also referred to as acid groups) include carboxyl groups, phosphoric acid groups, sulfonic acid groups, and phenolic hydroxyl groups. Preferably, they are soluble in solvents and can be developed by weakly alkaline aqueous solutions. As a particularly preferred group, (meth)acrylic acid can be mentioned. These acid groups may be only one type or two or more types.

作為於聚合後可賦予酸基的單體,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯等具有羥基的單體、(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯等具有環氧基的單體、(甲基)丙烯酸2-異氰酸基乙酯等具有異氰酸酯 基的單體等。該些用以導入酸基的單量體可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上。於對鹼可溶性樹脂導入酸基時,例如只要將具有酸基的單體及/或於聚合後可賦予酸基的單體(以下有時亦稱為「用以導入酸基的單量體」)作為單量體成分進行聚合即可。 Examples of monomers that can impart acid groups after polymerization include monomers having hydroxyl groups such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, monomers having epoxy groups such as glycidyl (meth)acrylate, (Meth) 2-isocyanatoethyl acrylate and others have isocyanate Monomers and so on. The monomers used to introduce acid groups may be only one type or two or more types. When introducing an acid group into an alkali-soluble resin, for example, a monomer having an acid group and/or a monomer that can impart an acid group after polymerization (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "monobody for introducing acid group" ) It is sufficient to polymerize as a single body component.

再者,在將於聚合後可賦予酸基的單體作為單量體成分而導入酸基的情況下,於聚合後例如需要如後述般的用以賦予酸基的處理。 In addition, in the case where an acid group is introduced as a monomer component to a monomer capable of imparting an acid group after polymerization, for example, a treatment for imparting an acid group as described later is required after the polymerization.

於製造鹼可溶性樹脂時,例如可應用利用公知的自由基聚合法的方法。利用自由基聚合法製造鹼可溶性樹脂時的溫度、壓力、自由基起始劑的種類及其量、溶劑的種類等聚合條件可由本領域技術人員容易地設定,亦可實驗性地確定條件。 When producing alkali-soluble resin, for example, a method using a known radical polymerization method can be applied. Polymerization conditions such as temperature, pressure, type and amount of radical initiator, and type of solvent when producing alkali-soluble resin by the radical polymerization method can be easily set by those skilled in the art, and the conditions can also be determined experimentally.

作為可用作鹼可溶性樹脂的線狀有機高分子聚合物,較佳為於側鏈上具有羧酸的聚合物,可列舉甲基丙烯酸共聚物、丙烯酸共聚物、衣康酸共聚物、巴豆酸共聚物、順丁烯二酸共聚物、部分酯化順丁烯二酸共聚物、酚醛清漆型樹脂等鹼可溶性酚樹脂等、以及於側鏈上具有羧酸的酸性纖維素衍生物、於具有羥基的聚合物中加成酸酐而成者。尤其,(甲基)丙烯酸與可與其進行共聚的其他單量體的共聚物適宜作為鹼可溶性樹脂。作為可與(甲基)丙烯酸進行共聚的其他單量體,可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸芳基酯、乙烯基化合物等。作為(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯及(甲基)丙烯酸芳基酯,可列舉(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、 (甲基)丙烯酸戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、(甲基)丙烯酸甲苯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸萘酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯等,作為乙烯基化合物,可列舉苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯、乙烯基甲苯、甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、丙烯腈、乙酸乙烯酯、N-乙烯基吡咯啶酮、甲基丙烯酸四氫糠酯、聚苯乙烯大分子單體、聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯大分子單體等,作為日本專利特開平10-300922號公報中記載的N位取代順丁烯二醯亞胺單體,可列舉N-苯基順丁烯二醯亞胺、N-環己基順丁烯二醯亞胺等。再者,該些可與(甲基)丙烯酸進行共聚的其他單量體可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上。 As a linear organic high molecular polymer that can be used as an alkali-soluble resin, a polymer having a carboxylic acid in the side chain is preferred, and examples thereof include methacrylic acid copolymers, acrylic acid copolymers, itaconic acid copolymers, and crotonic acid Alkali-soluble phenol resins such as copolymers, maleic acid copolymers, partially esterified maleic acid copolymers, novolac type resins, etc., and acidic cellulose derivatives with carboxylic acid on the side chain, It is formed by adding acid anhydride to hydroxyl polymer. In particular, copolymers of (meth)acrylic acid and other monomers copolymerizable therewith are suitable as alkali-soluble resins. Examples of other monomers that can be copolymerized with (meth)acrylic acid include alkyl (meth)acrylate, aryl (meth)acrylate, and vinyl compounds. Examples of alkyl (meth)acrylate and aryl (meth)acrylate include methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, propyl (meth)acrylate, and (meth)acrylic acid. Butyl ester, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, Amyl (meth)acrylate, hexyl (meth)acrylate, octyl (meth)acrylate, phenyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate, cresyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylate Base) naphthyl acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, etc. Examples of vinyl compounds include styrene, α-methylstyrene, vinyl toluene, glycidyl methacrylate, acrylonitrile, and vinyl acetate , N-vinylpyrrolidone, tetrahydrofurfuryl methacrylate, polystyrene macromonomers, polymethyl methacrylate macromonomers, etc., as described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10-300922 The N-substituted maleimide monomers include N-phenyl maleimide, N-cyclohexyl maleimide, and the like. Furthermore, these other monomers that can be copolymerized with (meth)acrylic acid may be only one type or two or more types.

作為鹼可溶性樹脂,包含使如下的單量體成分進行聚合而成的聚合物(a)亦較佳,所述單量體成分將由下述通式(ED)所表示的化合物及/或由下述通式(ED2)所表示的化合物(以下,有時亦將該些化合物稱為「醚二聚體」)作為必需成分。 As the alkali-soluble resin, it is also preferable to include a polymer (a) obtained by polymerizing the following monomer component, which is a compound represented by the following general formula (ED) and/or The compound represented by the general formula (ED2) (hereinafter, these compounds may also be referred to as "ether dimer") is an essential component.

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0111-85
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0111-85

通式(ED)中,R1及R2分別獨立地表示氫原子或可具 有取代基的碳數1~25的烴基。 In the general formula (ED), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an optionally substituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms.

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0112-86
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0112-86

通式(ED2)中,R表示氫原子或碳數1~30的有機基。作為通式(ED2)的具體例,可參考日本專利特開2010-168539號公報的記載。 In the general formula (ED2), R represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. As a specific example of the general formula (ED2), reference can be made to the description in JP 2010-168539 A.

藉此,本發明的組成物可形成耐熱性極其優異、且透明性亦極其優異的硬化塗膜。表示所述醚二聚體的所述通式(ED)中,作為由R1及R2所表示的可具有取代基的碳數1~25的烴基,並無特別限制,例如可列舉:甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、第三丁基、第三戊基、硬脂基、月桂基、2-乙基己基等直鏈狀或分支狀的烷基;苯基等芳基;環己基、第三丁基環己基、二環戊二烯基、三環癸烷基、異冰片基、金剛烷基、2-甲基-2-金剛烷基等脂環式基;1-甲氧基乙基、1-乙氧基乙基等由烷氧基取代的烷基;苄基等由芳基取代的烷基等。該些之中,就耐熱性的觀點而言,特佳為如甲基、乙基、環己基、苄基等般的不易因酸或熱而脫離的一級碳或二級碳的取代基。 Thereby, the composition of the present invention can form a cured coating film that is extremely excellent in heat resistance and transparency. In the general formula (ED) representing the ether dimer, the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent represented by R 1 and R 2 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include: Straight or branched, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tertiary butyl, tertiary pentyl, stearyl, lauryl, 2-ethylhexyl, etc. The alkyl group; aryl groups such as phenyl; cyclohexyl, tertiary butylcyclohexyl, dicyclopentadienyl, tricyclodecyl, isobornyl, adamantyl, 2-methyl-2-adamantane Alkyl groups such as 1-methoxyethyl and 1-ethoxyethyl groups substituted by alkoxy groups; alkyl groups such as benzyl groups substituted by aryl groups. Among these, from the viewpoint of heat resistance, a substituent of a primary carbon or a secondary carbon such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a benzyl group that is not easily removed by acid or heat is particularly preferable.

作為所述醚二聚體的具體例,例如可列舉:二甲基-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二乙基-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(正丙基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(異丙基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(正丁基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(異丁基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(第三丁基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(第三戊基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(硬脂基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(月桂基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(2-乙基己基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(1-甲氧基乙基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(1-乙氧基乙基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二苄基-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二苯基-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二環己基-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(第三丁基環己基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(二環戊二烯基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(三環癸烷基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(異冰片基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二金剛烷基-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(2-甲基-2-金剛烷基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯等。該些之中,特佳為二甲基-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二乙基-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二環己基-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二苄基-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯。該些醚二聚體可僅為一種, 亦可為兩種以上。源自由所述通式(ED)所表示的化合物的結構體亦可與其他單量體進行共聚。 As specific examples of the ether dimer, for example, dimethyl-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, diethyl-2,2'- [Oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, di(n-propyl)-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, di(isopropyl) Base)-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, di(n-butyl)-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2 -Acrylate, di(isobutyl)-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, di(tertiary butyl)-2,2'-(oxobis (Methylene)) bis-2-acrylate, bis(third pentyl)-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, bis(stearyl)- 2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, bis(lauryl)-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, Bis(2-ethylhexyl)-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, bis(1-methoxyethyl)-2,2'-(oxo Bis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, bis(1-ethoxyethyl)-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, dibenzyl -2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, diphenyl-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, two Cyclohexyl-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, bis(tertiary butylcyclohexyl)-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)] Bis-2-acrylate, bis(dicyclopentadienyl)-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, bis(tricyclodecyl)-2, 2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, bis(isobornyl)-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, two Adamantyl-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, bis(2-methyl-2-adamantyl)-2,2'-[oxobis( Methylene)] bis-2-acrylate and the like. Among these, particularly preferred are dimethyl-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, diethyl-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene) Yl)]bis-2-acrylate, dicyclohexyl-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, dibenzyl-2,2'-[oxobis( Methylene)] bis-2-acrylate. These ether dimers may be only one kind, It may be two or more types. The structure derived from the compound represented by the general formula (ED) can also be copolymerized with other monomers.

另外,為了提高本發明中的組成物的交聯效率,亦可使用具有聚合性基的鹼可溶性樹脂。藉由具有聚合性基,而存在耐熱性及耐光性等進一步提高的傾向。作為具有聚合性基的鹼可溶性樹脂,於側鏈上含有烯丙基、(甲基)丙烯酸基、烯丙氧基烷基等的鹼可溶性樹脂等有用。作為所述含有聚合性基的聚合物的例子,可列舉:蒂阿諾(Dianal)NR系列(三菱麗陽製造)、佛陀瑪(Photomer)6173(含有COOH的丙烯酸聚胺基甲酸酯寡聚物(polyurethane acrylic oligomer),鑽石三葉草有限公司(Diamond Shamrock Co.Ltd.,)製造)、比斯克特(Viscoat)R-264、KS抗蝕劑(KS Resist)106(均為大阪有機化學工業製造)、賽克羅馬(Cyclomer)P系列、普拉賽爾(Placcel)CF200系列(均為大賽璐化學工業製造)、艾巴克力(Ebecryl)3800(大賽璐-UCB(Daicel-UCB)製造)等。作為該些含有聚合性基的鹼可溶性樹脂,較佳為如下的樹脂:經胺基甲酸酯改質的含聚合性雙鍵的丙烯酸系樹脂,其藉由預先使異氰酸酯基與OH基進行反應、殘留一個未反應的異氰酸酯基、且包含(甲基)丙烯醯基的化合物與包含羧基的丙烯酸系樹脂的反應而獲得;藉由包含羧基的丙烯酸系樹脂與分子內同時具有環氧基及聚合性雙鍵的化合物的反應而獲得的含不飽和基的丙烯酸系樹脂;酸側基型環氧丙烯酸酯系樹脂;使包含OH基的丙烯酸系樹脂與具有聚合性雙鍵的二元酸酐進行 反應而成的含聚合性雙鍵的丙烯酸系樹脂;使包含OH基的丙烯酸系樹脂與異氰酸酯及具有聚合性基的化合物進行反應而成的樹脂;藉由對日本專利特開2002-229207號公報及日本專利特開2003-335814號公報中所記載的於側鏈上具有酯基的樹脂進行鹼性處理而獲得的樹脂等,所述酯基於α位或β位上具有鹵素原子或磺酸酯基等脫離基。 In addition, in order to improve the crosslinking efficiency of the composition in the present invention, an alkali-soluble resin having a polymerizable group may also be used. By having a polymerizable group, heat resistance, light resistance, etc. tend to be further improved. As the alkali-soluble resin having a polymerizable group, an alkali-soluble resin containing an allyl group, a (meth)acrylic group, an allyloxyalkyl group, or the like in a side chain is useful. Examples of the polymer containing polymer include: Dianal NR series (manufactured by Mitsubishi Rayon), Photomer 6173 (COOH-containing acrylic polyurethane oligomer (Polyurethane acrylic oligomer, manufactured by Diamond Shamrock Co. Ltd.), Viscoat R-264, KS Resist 106 (all manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry ), Cyclomer P series, Placcel CF200 series (all manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industry), Ebecryl 3800 (made by Daicel-UCB (Daicel-UCB)), etc. . As these polymerizable group-containing alkali-soluble resins, the following resins are preferred: a urethane-modified acrylic resin containing polymerizable double bonds by reacting isocyanate groups with OH groups in advance , Obtained by the reaction of an unreacted isocyanate group and a compound containing a (meth)acrylic acid group with an acrylic resin containing a carboxyl group; by the acrylic resin containing a carboxyl group and an epoxy group in the molecule and polymerization Acrylic resin containing unsaturated groups obtained by the reaction of a compound with a functional double bond; an acid pendant epoxy acrylate resin; an acrylic resin containing an OH group and a dibasic acid anhydride having a polymerizable double bond A polymerizable double bond-containing acrylic resin obtained by the reaction; a resin obtained by reacting an OH group-containing acrylic resin with an isocyanate and a compound having a polymerizable group; according to Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2002-229207 And a resin obtained by alkali treatment of a resin having an ester group in a side chain described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2003-335814, the ester is based on a halogen atom or a sulfonic acid ester at the α-position or β-position The base is out of the base.

另外,鹼可溶性樹脂亦可包含源自由下述式(X)所表示的乙烯性不飽和單量體的結構單元。 In addition, the alkali-soluble resin may also contain a structural unit derived from an ethylenically unsaturated monomer represented by the following formula (X).

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0115-87
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0115-87

(於式(X)中,R1表示氫原子或甲基,R2表示碳數2~10的伸烷基,R3表示氫原子或可包含苯環的碳數1~20的烷基。n表示1~15的整數) (In formula (X), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 2 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may contain a benzene ring. n represents an integer from 1 to 15)

於所述式(X)中,R2的伸烷基的碳數較佳為2~3。另外,R3的烷基的碳數為1~20,更佳為1~10,R3的烷基可包含苯環。作為由R3所表示的包含苯環的烷基,可列舉苄基、2-苯基(異)丙基等。 In the formula (X), the carbon number of the alkylene group of R 2 is preferably 2 to 3. Moreover, the carbon number of the alkyl group of R 3 is 1-20, More preferably, it is 1-10, and the alkyl group of R 3 may contain a benzene ring. Examples of the alkyl group containing a benzene ring represented by R 3 include benzyl, 2-phenyl(iso)propyl and the like.

作為鹼可溶性樹脂,尤其適宜的是包含(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯/(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物、及/或(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯/(甲基)丙烯酸/其他單體的多元共聚物。除此以外,可列舉使甲基丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯進行共聚而成的(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯/(甲基)丙烯酸/(甲基)丙烯酸-2-羥基乙酯共聚物、日本專利特開平7-140654號公報中記載的(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯/聚苯乙烯大分子單體/甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸共聚物、丙烯酸2-羥基-3-苯氧基丙酯/聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯大分子單體/甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸共聚物、甲基丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯/聚苯乙烯大分子單體/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/甲基丙烯酸共聚物、甲基丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯/聚苯乙烯大分子單體/甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸共聚物等,特佳為可列舉甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸的共聚物等。 As the alkali-soluble resin, particularly suitable is a multi-element copolymer containing benzyl (meth)acrylate/(meth)acrylic acid copolymer and/or benzyl (meth)acrylate/(meth)acrylic acid/other monomers . In addition, examples include benzyl (meth)acrylate/(meth)acrylic acid/(meth)acrylic acid-2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate copolymer obtained by copolymerizing 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, Japanese patent 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate/polystyrene macromonomer/benzyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid copolymer, 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxy acrylate described in JP-A-7-140654 Propyl acrylate/polymethyl methacrylate macromonomer/benzyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid copolymer, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate/polystyrene macromonomer/methyl methacrylate/ Methacrylic acid copolymer, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate/polystyrene macromonomer/benzyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid copolymer, etc., particularly preferably benzyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid The copolymer and so on.

作為鹼可溶性樹脂,可參考日本專利特開2012-208494號公報段落0558~段落0571(相對應的美國專利申請公開第2012/0235099號說明書的[0685]~[0700])以後的記載,該些內容可被編入至本說明書中。 As the alkali-soluble resin, refer to paragraphs 0558 to 0571 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012-208494 (corresponding US Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0235099 [0685] to [0700]) and subsequent descriptions. The content can be incorporated into this manual.

進而,較佳為使用日本專利特開2012-32767號公報中記載的段落號0029~段落號0063中記載的共聚物(B)及實施例中所使用的鹼可溶性樹脂、日本專利特開2012-208474號公報的段落號0088~段落號0098中記載的黏合劑樹脂及實施例中所使用的黏合劑樹脂、日本專利特開2012-137531號公報的段落號0022~段落號0032中記載的黏合劑樹脂及實施例中所使用的黏合劑樹脂、日 本專利特開2013-024934號公報的段落號0132~段落號0143中記載的黏合劑樹脂及實施例中所使用的黏合劑樹脂、日本專利特開2011-242752號公報的段落號0092~段落號0098及實施例中所使用的黏合劑樹脂、日本專利特開2012-032770號公報的段落號0030~段落號0072中記載的黏合劑樹脂。該些內容可被編入至本說明書中。更具體而言,較佳為下述的樹脂。 Furthermore, it is preferable to use the copolymer (B) described in Paragraph No. 0029 to Paragraph No. 0063 described in JP 2012-32767 A, and the alkali-soluble resin used in the examples, and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012- The adhesive resin described in paragraph number 0088 to paragraph number 0098 of 208474 and the adhesive resin used in the examples, and the adhesive agent described in paragraph number 0022 to paragraph number 0032 of JP 2012-137531 A The resin and the binder resin used in the examples, The adhesive resin described in the paragraph number 0132 to the paragraph number 0143 of the Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-024934 and the adhesive resin used in the examples, the paragraph number 0092 to the paragraph number of the Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2011-242752 The binder resin used in 0098 and the examples is the binder resin described in paragraph number 0030 to paragraph number 0072 of JP 2012-032770 A. These contents can be incorporated into this manual. More specifically, the following resins are preferable.

[化83]

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0118-88
[化83]
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0118-88

鹼可溶性樹脂的酸價較佳為30mgKOH/g~200mgKOH/g,更佳為以50mgKOH/g~150mgKOH/g為宜,特佳為 70mgKOH/g~120mgKOH/g。 The acid value of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 30mgKOH/g~200mgKOH/g, more preferably 50mgKOH/g~150mgKOH/g, particularly preferably 70mgKOH/g~120mgKOH/g.

另外,作為鹼可溶性樹脂的重量平均分子量(Mw),較佳為2,000~50,000,進而佳為5,000~30,000,特佳為7,000~20,000。 In addition, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 2,000 to 50,000, more preferably 5,000 to 30,000, and particularly preferably 7,000 to 20,000.

相對於本發明的組成物的總固體成分,鹼可溶性樹脂的含量較佳為0.1質量%~15質量%,更佳為0.1質量%~12質量%,進而佳為1質量%~10質量%。 With respect to the total solid content of the composition of the present invention, the content of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 0.1% by mass to 15% by mass, more preferably 0.1% by mass to 12% by mass, and still more preferably 1% by mass to 10% by mass.

本發明的組成物可僅包含一種鹼可溶性樹脂,亦可包含兩種以上。於包含兩種以上的情況下,較佳為其合計量成為所述範圍。 The composition of the present invention may contain only one kind of alkali-soluble resin, or two or more kinds. When two or more are contained, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the said range.

[光聚合起始劑D] [Photopolymerization initiator D]

本發明的組成物包含光聚合起始劑D(以下,亦簡稱為「光聚合起始劑」)。 The composition of the present invention contains a photopolymerization initiator D (hereinafter, also simply referred to as "photopolymerization initiator").

作為光聚合起始劑,只要具有使聚合性化合物的聚合開始的能力,則並無特別限制,可自公知的光聚合起始劑中適宜選擇。例如,較佳為對於紫外線區域至可見光線具有感光性者。另外,可為與經光激發的增感劑產生某種作用,而生成活性自由基的活性劑,亦可為如對應於單體的種類而使陽離子聚合開始的起始劑。 The photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited as long as it has the ability to initiate polymerization of the polymerizable compound, and it can be appropriately selected from known photopolymerization initiators. For example, it is preferable to have photosensitivity to the ultraviolet range to visible light. In addition, it may be an active agent that produces a certain effect with a light-excited sensitizer to generate active radicals, or may be an initiator that initiates cationic polymerization according to the type of monomer.

另外,光聚合起始劑較佳為含有至少一種如下的化合物,該化合物於約300nm~800nm(更佳為330nm~500nm)的範圍內至少具有約50的莫耳吸光係數。 In addition, the photopolymerization initiator preferably contains at least one compound having a molar absorption coefficient of at least about 50 in the range of about 300 nm to 800 nm (more preferably 330 nm to 500 nm).

作為光聚合起始劑,例如可列舉:鹵化烴衍生物(例如具有三嗪骨架者、具有噁二唑骨架者等)、醯基氧化膦等醯基膦化合物、六芳基聯咪唑、肟衍生物等肟化合物、有機過氧化物、硫 化合物、酮化合物、芳香族鎓鹽、酮肟醚、胺基苯乙酮化合物、羥基苯乙酮等。作為所述具有三嗪骨架的鹵化烴化合物,例如可列舉:若林等著,「日本化學學會通報(Bull.Chem.Soc.Japan)」,42,2924(1969)記載的化合物,英國專利1388492號說明書記載的化合物,日本專利特開昭53-133428號公報記載的化合物,德國專利3337024號說明書記載的化合物,F.C.謝弗(F.C.Schaefer)等的「有機化學期刊(J.Org.Chem.)」,29,1527(1964)記載的化合物,日本專利特開昭62-58241號公報記載的化合物,日本專利特開平5-281728號公報記載的化合物,日本專利特開平5-34920號公報記載的化合物,美國專利第4212976號說明書中所記載的化合物等。 Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (for example, those having a triazine skeleton, those having an oxadiazole skeleton, etc.), phosphine compounds such as phosphine oxide, hexaarylbiimidazole, and oxime derivatives. Oxime compounds, organic peroxides, sulfur Compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ketoxime ethers, aminoacetophenone compounds, hydroxyacetophenone, etc. As the halogenated hydrocarbon compound having a triazine skeleton, for example, a compound described in Wakabayashi et al., "Bull. Chem. Soc. Japan", 42, 2924 (1969), British Patent No. 1388492 The compound described in the specification, the compound described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 53-133428, the compound described in the German Patent No. 3337024, and the "J.Org.Chem." by FC Schaefer et al. , 29,1527 (1964), the compound described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 62-58241, the compound described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 5-281728, the compound described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 5-34920 , The compound described in the specification of US Patent No. 4,212,976, etc.

另外,就曝光感度的觀點而言,較佳為選自由三鹵甲基三嗪化合物、苄基二甲基縮酮化合物、α-羥基酮化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、醯基膦化合物、氧化膦化合物、茂金屬化合物、肟化合物、三烯丙基咪唑二聚體、鎓化合物、苯并噻唑化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、苯乙酮化合物及其衍生物、環戊二烯-苯-鐵錯合物及其鹽、鹵甲基噁二唑化合物、3-芳基取代香豆素化合物所組成的群組中的化合物。 In addition, from the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, it is preferably selected from the group consisting of trihalomethyl triazine compounds, benzyl dimethyl ketal compounds, α-hydroxy ketone compounds, α-amino ketone compounds, phosphine compounds, Phosphine oxide compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, triallylimidazole dimers, onium compounds, benzothiazole compounds, benzophenone compounds, acetophenone compounds and their derivatives, cyclopentadiene-benzene- Iron complexes and their salts, halomethyl oxadiazole compounds, and 3-aryl substituted coumarin compounds.

進而佳為三鹵甲基三嗪化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、醯基膦化合物、氧化膦化合物、肟化合物、三烯丙基咪唑二聚體、鎓化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、苯乙酮化合物,特佳為選自由三鹵甲基三嗪化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、肟化合物、三烯丙基咪唑二聚 體、二苯甲酮化合物所組成的群組中的至少一種化合物。 Further preferred are trihalomethyl triazine compounds, α-amino ketone compounds, phosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, oxime compounds, triallylimidazole dimers, onium compounds, benzophenone compounds, styrene Ketone compounds, particularly preferably selected from trihalomethyl triazine compounds, α-amino ketone compounds, oxime compounds, triallylimidazole dimerization At least one compound in the group consisting of a benzophenone compound.

尤其,於將本發明的著色組成物用於固體攝影元件的彩色濾光片的製作的情況下,因需要以尖銳的形狀形成微細的圖案,因此重要的是硬化性且無殘渣地對未曝光部進行顯影。就此種觀點而言,特佳為使用肟化合物作為光聚合起始劑。尤其,於在固體攝影元件中形成微細的圖案的情況下,將步進式曝光機用於硬化用曝光,但存在該曝光機因鹵素而受損的情況,必須將光聚合起始劑的添加量亦抑制得低,因此若考慮該些方面,則於如固體攝影元件般形成微細圖案時,作為光聚合起始劑,特佳為使用肟化合物。另外,藉由使用肟化合物,而可使色移性進一步變佳。 In particular, when the coloring composition of the present invention is used for the production of color filters for solid-state imaging devices, it is necessary to form a fine pattern with a sharp shape. Therefore, it is important to hardenability and no residue to unexposed Department for development. From this viewpoint, it is particularly preferable to use an oxime compound as a photopolymerization initiator. In particular, in the case of forming a fine pattern in a solid-state imaging element, a stepping exposure machine is used for exposure for curing. However, the exposure machine may be damaged due to halogen, and it is necessary to add a photopolymerization initiator The amount is also suppressed to be low. Therefore, considering these aspects, when forming a fine pattern like a solid-state imaging device, it is particularly preferable to use an oxime compound as a photopolymerization initiator. In addition, by using an oxime compound, the color shift can be further improved.

作為光聚合起始劑的具體例,例如可參考日本專利特開2013-29760號公報的段落0265~段落0268,其內容可被編入至本申請案說明書中。 As a specific example of the photopolymerization initiator, for example, paragraph 0265 to paragraph 0268 of JP 2013-29760 A can be referred to, and the content can be incorporated in the specification of this application.

作為光聚合起始劑,亦可適宜地使用羥基苯乙酮化合物、胺基苯乙酮化合物、及醯基膦化合物。更具體而言,例如亦可使用日本專利特開平10-291969號公報中記載的胺基苯乙酮系起始劑、日本專利第4225898號公報中記載的醯基膦系起始劑。 As the photopolymerization initiator, hydroxyacetophenone compounds, aminoacetophenone compounds, and phosphine compounds can also be suitably used. More specifically, for example, the aminoacetophenone-based initiator described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10-291969 and the phosphine-based initiator described in Japanese Patent No. 4225898 can also be used.

作為羥基苯乙酮系起始劑,可使用豔佳固(IRGACURE)-184、達羅卡(DAROCUR)-1173、IRGACURE-500、IRGACURE-2959、IRGACURE-127(商品名:均為巴斯夫(BASF)公司製造)。 As a hydroxyacetophenone-based initiator, IRGACURE-184, DAROCUR-1173, IRGACURE-500, IRGACURE-2959, IRGACURE-127 (trade names: all are BASF ) Company made).

作為胺基苯乙酮系起始劑,可使用作為市售品的IRGACURE-907、IRGACURE-369、及IRGACURE-379EG(商品名:均為巴斯夫公司製造)。胺基苯乙酮系起始劑亦可使用吸收波長與365nm或405nm等的長波光源匹配的日本專利特開2009-191179公報中記載的化合物。 As the aminoacetophenone-based initiator, commercially available products of IRGACURE-907, IRGACURE-369, and IRGACURE-379EG (brand names: all manufactured by BASF) can be used. As the aminoacetophenone-based initiator, the compound described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2009-191179 whose absorption wavelength matches a long-wave light source such as 365 nm or 405 nm can also be used.

作為醯基膦系起始劑,可使用作為市售品的IRGACURE-819及DAROCUR-TPO(商品名:均為巴斯夫公司製造)等。 As the phosphine-based initiator, commercially available products such as IRGACURE-819 and DAROCUR-TPO (brand names: all manufactured by BASF) can be used.

作為光聚合起始劑,更佳為可列舉肟化合物。尤其肟系起始劑為高感度且聚合效率高,可不依存於有色材料濃度而硬化,容易將有色材料的濃度設計得高,因此較佳。 As a photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound is more preferable. In particular, the oxime-based initiator has high sensitivity and high polymerization efficiency, and can harden independently of the concentration of the colored material, and it is easy to design the concentration of the colored material to be high, so it is preferable.

作為肟化合物的具體例,可使用日本專利特開2001-233842號公報記載的化合物、日本專利特開2000-80068號公報記載的化合物、日本專利特開2006-342166號公報記載的化合物。 As specific examples of the oxime compound, the compound described in JP 2001-233842, the compound described in JP 2000-80068, and the compound described in JP 2006-342166 can be used.

於本發明中,作為可適宜地使用的肟化合物,例如可列舉:3-苯甲醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、3-乙醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、3-丙醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、2-乙醯氧基亞胺基戊烷-3-酮、2-乙醯氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、2-苯甲醯氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、3-(4-甲苯磺醯氧基)亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、以及2-乙氧基羰氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮等。 In the present invention, as an oxime compound that can be suitably used, for example, 3-benzyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutan-2-one , 3-Propyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 2-acetoxyiminopentane-3-one, 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropane-1 -Ketone, 2-benzyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3-(4-toluenesulfonyloxy)iminobutan-2-one, and 2-ethoxy Carbonyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one and the like.

另外,亦可列舉:「英國化學會誌:柏爾金匯刊II(J.C.S.Perkin II)」(1979年)pp.1653-1660、「英國化學會誌,柏爾金匯刊II」(1979年)pp.156-162、「光聚合物科學與技術雜誌(Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology)」(1995年)pp.202-232、日本專利特開2000-66385號公報記載的化合物、日本專利特開2000-80068號公報、日本專利特表2004-534797號公報、日本專利特開2006-342166號公報的各公報中記載的化合物等。 In addition, you can also list: "The Journal of the British Chemical Society: The Perkin II (JCSPerkin II)" (1979) pp.1653-1660, "The Journal of the British Chemical Society, The Perkin II" (1979) )pp.156-162, "Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology (Journal of of Photopolymer Science and Technology)'' (1995) pp. 202-232, compounds described in Japanese Patent Laid-open No. 2000-66385, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2000-80068, Japanese Patent No. 2004-534797, Compounds and the like described in the gazettes of JP 2006-342166 A.

作為市售品,亦可適宜地使用IRGACURE-OXE01(巴斯夫公司製造)、IRGACURE-OXE02(巴斯夫公司製造)。另外,亦可使用TR-PBG-304(常州強力電子新材料有限公司製造)、艾迪科阿魯斯(Adeka Arkls)NCI-831及Adeka Arkls NCI-930(艾迪科(ADEKA)公司製造)。 As a commercially available product, IRGACURE-OXE01 (manufactured by BASF Corporation) and IRGACURE-OXE02 (manufactured by BASF Corporation) can also be suitably used. In addition, TR-PBG-304 (manufactured by Changzhou Qiangli Electronic New Materials Co., Ltd.), Adeka Arkls NCI-831 and Adeka Arkls NCI-930 (manufactured by ADEKA) can also be used .

另外,作為所述記載以外的肟化合物,亦可使用咔唑的N位上連結有肟的日本專利特表2009-519904號公報中記載的化合物、二苯甲酮部位上導入有雜取代基的美國專利第7626957號公報中記載的化合物、色素部位上導入有硝基的日本專利特開2010-15025號公報及美國專利公開2009-292039號記載的化合物、國際公開專利2009-131189號公報中記載的酮肟化合物、同一分子內含有三嗪骨架與肟骨架的美國專利7556910號公報中記載的化合物、於405nm下具有最大吸收且對於g射線光源具有良好的感度的日本專利特開2009-221114號公報記載的化合物等。 In addition, as oxime compounds other than those described above, compounds described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2009-519904 in which an oxime is linked to the N-position of carbazole, and those with a heterosubstituent introduced at the benzophenone site can also be used. The compound described in U.S. Patent No. 7626957, the compound described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2010-15025 and U.S. Patent Publication No. 2009-292039, and the compound described in International Publication No. 2009-131189, in which a nitro group is introduced into the pigment site A ketoxime compound containing a triazine skeleton and an oxime skeleton in the same molecule, a compound described in U.S. Patent No. 7556910, having a maximum absorption at 405 nm and having good sensitivity to g-ray light sources, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2009-221114 Compounds described in the bulletin.

較佳為例如可參考日本專利特開2013-29760號公報的段落0274~段落0275,其內容可被編入至本申請案說明書中。 Preferably, for example, paragraph 0274 to paragraph 0275 of JP 2013-29760 A can be referred to, and the content can be incorporated into the specification of this application.

具體而言,作為肟化合物,較佳為由下述式(OX-1)所表示的化合物。再者,肟的N-O鍵可為(E)體的肟化合物,亦可為(Z) 體的肟化合物,亦可為(E)體與(Z)體的混合物。 Specifically, the oxime compound is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (OX-1). Furthermore, the N-O bond of the oxime can be an oxime compound of (E) or (Z) The oxime compound of the body may also be a mixture of the (E) body and the (Z) body.

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0124-89
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0124-89

通式(OX-1)中,R及B分別獨立地表示一價的取代基,A表示二價的有機基,Ar表示芳基。 In the general formula (OX-1), R and B each independently represent a monovalent substituent, A represents a divalent organic group, and Ar represents an aryl group.

通式(OX-1)中,作為由R所表示的一價的取代基,較佳為一價的非金屬原子團。 In the general formula (OX-1), the monovalent substituent represented by R is preferably a monovalent non-metal atomic group.

作為一價的非金屬原子團,可列舉:烷基、芳基、醯基、烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、雜環基、烷硫基羰基、芳硫基羰基等。另外,該些基亦可具有一個以上的取代基。另外,所述取代基亦可進一步由其他取代基取代。 As a monovalent non-metal atomic group, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an acyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkylthiocarbonyl group, an arylthiocarbonyl group, etc. are mentioned. In addition, these groups may have one or more substituents. In addition, the substituent may be further substituted with other substituents.

作為取代基,可列舉:鹵素原子、芳氧基、烷氧基羰基或芳氧基羰基、醯氧基、醯基、烷基、芳基等。 Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an aryloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group or an aryloxycarbonyl group, an acyloxy group, an acyl group, an alkyl group, an aryl group, and the like.

通式(OX-1)中,作為由B所表示的一價的取代基,較佳為芳基、雜環基、芳基羰基、或雜環羰基。該些基亦可具有一個以上的取代基。作為取代基,可例示所述取代基。 In the general formula (OX-1), the monovalent substituent represented by B is preferably an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an arylcarbonyl group, or a heterocyclic carbonyl group. These groups may have one or more substituents. As a substituent, the said substituent can be illustrated.

通式(OX-1)中,作為由A所表示的二價的有機基,較佳為碳數1~12的伸烷基、伸環烷基、伸炔基。該些基亦可具有一個 以上的取代基。作為取代基,可例示所述取代基。 In the general formula (OX-1), the divalent organic group represented by A is preferably an alkylene group, cycloalkylene group, and alkynylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. These bases can also have a The above substituents. As a substituent, the said substituent can be illustrated.

本發明亦可使用具有氟原子的肟化合物作為光聚合起始劑。作為具有氟原子的肟化合物的具體例,可列舉:日本專利特開2010-262028號公報記載的化合物,日本專利特表2014-500852號公報記載的化合物24、化合物36~化合物40,日本專利特開2013-164471號公報記載的化合物(C-3)等。其內容可被編入至本說明書中。 The present invention can also use an oxime compound having a fluorine atom as a photopolymerization initiator. Specific examples of the oxime compound having a fluorine atom include the compound described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2010-262028, compound 24 and compound 36 to compound 40 described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2014-500852 The compound (C-3) described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2013-164471, etc. Its content can be incorporated into this manual.

本發明亦可使用由下述通式(1)或通式(2)所表示的化合物作為光聚合起始劑。 The present invention can also use a compound represented by the following general formula (1) or (2) as a photopolymerization initiator.

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0125-90
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0125-90

於式(1)中,R1及R2分別獨立地表示碳數1~20的烷基、碳數4~20的脂環式烴基、碳數6~30的芳基、或碳數7~30的芳基烷基,於R1及R2為苯基的情況下,苯基彼此可鍵結而形成茀基,R3及R4分別獨立地表示氫原子、碳數1~20的烷基、碳數6~30的芳基、碳數7~30的芳基烷基或碳數4~20的雜環基,X表示直接鍵結或羰基。 In formula (1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbons, an alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 4 to 20 carbons, an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbons, or a carbon number of 7 to The arylalkyl group of 30, when R 1 and R 2 are phenyl groups, the phenyl groups can be bonded to each other to form a stilbene group. R 3 and R 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom and an alkane having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Group, aryl group having 6 to 30 carbons, arylalkyl group having 7 to 30 carbons, or heterocyclic group having 4 to 20 carbons, and X represents a direct bond or a carbonyl group.

於式(2)中,R1、R2、R3及R4的含義與式(1)中的R1、R2、R3及R4相同,R5表示-R6、-OR6、-SR6、-COR6、-CONR6R6、-NR6COR6、-OCOR6、-COOR6、-SCOR6、-OCSR6、-COSR6、-CSOR6、-CN、鹵素原子或羥基,R6表示碳數1~20的烷基、碳數6~30的芳基、碳數7~30的芳基烷基或碳數4~20的雜環基,X表示直接鍵結或羰基,a表示0~4的整數。 1, R 2, the same as in the formula (2), R 1, R 2, R meaning as in formula (1) 3 and R 4 is R R 3 and R 4, R 5 represents -R 6, -OR 6 , -SR 6 , -COR 6 , -CONR 6 R 6 , -NR 6 COR 6 , -OCOR 6 , -COOR 6 , -SCOR 6 , -OCSR 6 , -COSR 6 , -CSOR 6 , -CN, halogen atom Or hydroxyl, R 6 represents an alkyl group with 1 to 20 carbons, an aryl group with 6 to 30 carbons, an arylalkyl group with 7 to 30 carbons, or a heterocyclic group with 4 to 20 carbons. X represents a direct bond Or a carbonyl group, a represents an integer of 0-4.

於所述式(1)及式(2)中,R1及R2分別獨立地較佳為甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、環己基或苯基。R3較佳為甲基、乙基、苯基、甲苯基或二甲苯基。R4較佳為碳數1~6的烷基或苯基。R5較佳為甲基、乙基、苯基、甲苯基或萘基。X較佳為直接鍵結。 In the formulas (1) and (2), R 1 and R 2 are each independently preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, a cyclohexyl group or a phenyl group. R 3 is preferably methyl, ethyl, phenyl, tolyl or xylyl. R 4 is preferably an alkyl group or phenyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. R 5 is preferably methyl, ethyl, phenyl, tolyl or naphthyl. X is preferably a direct bond.

作為由式(1)及式(2)所表示的化合物的具體例,例如可列舉日本專利特開2014-137466號公報的段落號0076~段落號0079中所記載的化合物。其內容可被編入至本說明書中。 As specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (1) and the formula (2), for example, the compounds described in paragraph 0076 to paragraph 0079 of JP 2014-137466 A can be cited. Its content can be incorporated into this manual.

另外,亦可使用具有氟原子的肟起始劑。作為此種起始劑的具體例,可列舉:日本專利特開2010-262028號公報中所記載的化合物,日本專利特表2014-500852號公報的段落號0345中所記載的化合物24、化合物36~化合物40,日本專利特開2013-164471號公報的段落號0101中所記載的化合物(C-3)。 In addition, an oxime initiator having a fluorine atom can also be used. Specific examples of such an initiator include: the compound described in JP 2010-262028 A, and the compound 24 and compound 36 described in paragraph 0345 of JP 2014-500852 A ~ Compound 40, the compound (C-3) described in paragraph 0101 of JP 2013-164471 A.

以下表示可較佳地用於本發明中的肟化合物的具體例,但本發明並不限定於該些。 The following shows specific examples of oxime compounds that can be preferably used in the present invention, but the present invention is not limited to these.

[化86]

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0127-91
[化86]
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0127-91

肟化合物較佳為於350nm~500nm的波長區域內具有極大吸收波長的化合物,更佳為於360nm~480nm的波長區域內具有吸收波長的化合物,特佳為365nm及405nm的吸光度高的化合物。 The oxime compound is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength region of 350 nm to 500 nm, more preferably a compound having an absorption wavelength in the wavelength region of 360 nm to 480 nm, and particularly preferably a compound having high absorbance at 365 nm and 405 nm.

就感度的觀點而言,肟化合物於365nm或405nm中的莫耳吸光係數較佳為1,000~300,000,更佳為2,000~300,000,特佳為5,000~200,000。 From the viewpoint of sensitivity, the molar absorption coefficient of the oxime compound at 365 nm or 405 nm is preferably 1,000 to 300,000, more preferably 2,000 to 300,000, and particularly preferably 5,000 to 200,000.

化合物的莫耳吸光係數可使用公知的方法來測定,較佳為例如藉由紫外可見分光光度計(瓦里安公司製造的Cary-5分光光度計(spectrophotometer)),並利用乙酸乙酯溶媒,以0.01g/L的濃度進行測定。 The molar absorption coefficient of the compound can be measured using a known method, preferably, for example, by an ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer (Cary-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian), and using an ethyl acetate solvent, It is measured at a concentration of 0.01 g/L.

本發明中所使用的光聚合起始劑視需要亦可將兩種以上組合使用。 The photopolymerization initiator used in the present invention may be used in combination of two or more types as necessary.

於本發明的組成物的總固體成分中,光聚合起始劑的含量較佳為0.1質量%~50質量%,更佳為0.5質量%~30質量%,進而佳為1質量%~20質量%。若為該範圍,可獲得更良好的感度與圖案形成性。 In the total solid content of the composition of the present invention, the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.1% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably 0.5% by mass to 30% by mass, and still more preferably 1% by mass to 20% by mass %. If it is this range, more favorable sensitivity and pattern formability can be obtained.

本發明的組成物可僅包含一種光聚合起始劑,亦可包含兩種以上。於包含兩種以上的情況下,較佳為其合計量成為所述範圍。 The composition of the present invention may include only one type of photopolymerization initiator, or may include two or more types. When two or more are contained, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the said range.

[樹脂E] [Resin E]

就使所獲得的著色層低反射化的觀點而言,本發明的組成物較佳為更含有具有由下述通式(1)所表示的基的樹脂E。 From the viewpoint of reducing the reflection of the obtained colored layer, the composition of the present invention preferably further contains resin E having a group represented by the following general formula (1).

*-X1-Y…(1) *-X 1 -Y…(1)

通式(1)中,X1表示單鍵或二價的連結基。Y表示烷基或矽烷基。*表示鍵結位置(例如,與樹脂E的主鏈鍵結的位置)。 In the general formula (1), X 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Y represents an alkyl group or a silyl group. * Indicates the bonding position (for example, the bonding position to the main chain of resin E).

於將此種樹脂E調配於本發明的組成物中的情況下,於所獲得的著色層中,樹脂E容易濃縮存在於表面附近。結果,恰好形成如在著色層的上層設置有源自樹脂E的被覆層般的二層結構。若形成此種二層結構,則於被覆層的表面反射的光以及於被覆層與著色層的界面反射的光藉由干涉而被消除,從而可實現低反射性。 When such resin E is blended in the composition of the present invention, in the obtained colored layer, the resin E tends to be concentrated in the vicinity of the surface. As a result, a two-layer structure was formed just as if a coating layer derived from resin E was provided on the upper layer of the colored layer. If such a two-layer structure is formed, the light reflected on the surface of the coating layer and the light reflected on the interface between the coating layer and the colored layer are eliminated by interference, so that low reflectivity can be achieved.

式(1)中,於X1表示二價的連結基的情況下,作為二價的連結基,例如可列舉:可具有鹵素原子、羥基或碳數1~4的烷基等取代基的伸烷基或伸芳基,-NR12-、-CONR12-、-CO-、-CO2-、SO2NR12-、-O-、-S-、-SO2-或該些的組合。此處,所述R12表示氫原子或甲基。 In the formula (1), when X 1 represents a divalent linking group, the divalent linking group includes, for example, a substituent that may have a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Alkyl or aryl group, -NR 12 -, -CONR 12 -, -CO-, -CO 2 -, SO 2 NR 12 -, -O-, -S-, -SO 2 -or a combination of these. Here, the R 12 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.

式(1)中,作為Y所表示的烷基,例如可列舉碳數3以上的烷基,更具體而言,可列舉:碳數3以上(較佳為7~30,更佳為12~20)的直鏈烷基;碳數3以上(較佳為3~20,更佳為5~15)的分支烷基等。再者,碳數3以上的分支烷基較佳為於末端具有-CH(CH3)2、-C(CH3)3In the formula (1), the alkyl group represented by Y includes, for example, an alkyl group having 3 or more carbon atoms, and more specifically, an alkyl group having 3 or more carbon atoms (preferably 7-30, more preferably 12- 20) straight-chain alkyl group; branched alkyl group having 3 or more carbon atoms (preferably 3-20, more preferably 5-15), etc. Furthermore, the branched alkyl group having 3 or more carbon atoms preferably has -CH(CH 3 ) 2 and -C(CH 3 ) 3 at the end .

另外,式(1)中,作為Y所表示的烷基,較佳為至少 一個氫原子由氟原子取代的直鏈狀、分支狀或環狀的烷基。由氟原子取代的烷基中的碳數較佳為3~20,更佳為3~10,進而佳為3~5。再者,由氟原子取代的烷基亦可更具有氟原子以外的取代基(例如,氧原子等)。 In addition, in formula (1), the alkyl group represented by Y is preferably at least A linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group in which one hydrogen atom is replaced by a fluorine atom. The number of carbons in the alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom is preferably 3-20, more preferably 3-10, and still more preferably 3-5. Furthermore, the alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom may further have a substituent other than a fluorine atom (for example, an oxygen atom, etc.).

作為由氟原子取代的烷基的例子,可列舉由-CH(CF3)2所表示的基等,除此以外,例如可參考日本專利特開2011-100089號公報的段落[0266]~段落[0272],其內容可被編入至本說明書中。 As an example of the alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom, a group represented by -CH(CF 3 ) 2 and the like can be cited. In addition, for example, refer to the paragraph [0266]~paragraph of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2011-100089 [0272], its content can be incorporated into this specification.

樹脂E特佳為具有氟原子。藉由包含氟原子,於所獲得的著色層中,樹脂E容易濃縮、尤其容易存在於表面附近,因此除低反射性更優異以外,塗佈性亦優異,因此即便於在本發明的著色層上下形成多個層的情況下,亦可無缺陷地形成層。 The resin E particularly preferably has a fluorine atom. By containing fluorine atoms, in the obtained colored layer, the resin E is easy to concentrate, especially near the surface. Therefore, in addition to the more excellent low reflectivity, the coatability is also excellent. Therefore, even in the colored layer of the present invention When multiple layers are formed up and down, the layers may be formed without defects.

式(1)中,作為Y所表示的矽烷基,例如可列舉烷基矽烷基、芳基矽烷基或包含以下的部分結構(S)(*表示與其他原子的鍵結部位)的基等。 In the formula (1), the silyl group represented by Y includes, for example, an alkylsilyl group, an arylsilyl group, or a group containing the following partial structure (S) (* represents a bonding site with another atom).

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0130-92
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0130-92

烷基矽烷基所具有的烷基鏈的碳數以合計計較佳為1~20,更佳為1~10,進而佳為1~6。較佳為三烷基矽烷基。 The total number of carbon atoms in the alkyl chain of the alkylsilyl group is preferably from 1 to 20, more preferably from 1 to 10, and still more preferably from 1 to 6. Preferably it is a trialkylsilyl group.

作為芳基矽烷基中的芳基,例如可列舉苯基。 Examples of the aryl group in the arylsilyl group include a phenyl group.

作為包含所述部分結構(S)的基,亦可為包含所述部分結構(S)且形成環狀結構的基。作為較佳的部分結構(S),較佳為-Si(R)2-O-Si(R)2-(R為碳數1~3的烷基)、烷氧基矽烷基。作為包含部分結構(S)的基的例子,例如可參考日本專利特開2011-100089號公報的段落[0277]~段落[0279],其內容可被編入至本說明書中。 The group including the partial structure (S) may also be a group including the partial structure (S) and forming a cyclic structure. As a preferable partial structure (S), -Si(R) 2 -O-Si(R) 2- (R is an alkyl group with 1 to 3 carbons) and an alkoxysilyl group are preferable. As an example of the base including the partial structure (S), for example, paragraph [0277] to paragraph [0279] of JP 2011-100089 A can be referred to, and the content can be incorporated into this specification.

作為式(1)中的Y,較佳為至少一個氫原子由氟原子取代的碳數3~15的直鏈狀、分支狀或環狀的烷基,更佳為至少一個氫原子由氟原子取代的碳數3~10的直鏈狀或分支狀的烷基,進而佳為至少一個氫原子由氟原子取代的碳數3~10的分支狀的烷基。 Y in the formula (1) is preferably a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms in which at least one hydrogen atom is replaced by a fluorine atom, and more preferably at least one hydrogen atom is replaced by a fluorine atom The substituted linear or branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferably a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a fluorine atom.

再者,式(1)中的Y亦可與樹脂E中的另一部位的聚合物鏈連結而形成交聯結構。 Furthermore, Y in the formula (1) may be connected to a polymer chain in another part of the resin E to form a crosslinked structure.

樹脂E可僅具有一種由通式(1)所表示的基,亦可具有兩種以上。 The resin E may have only one type of group represented by the general formula (1), or may have two or more types.

樹脂E較佳為含有具有由通式(1)所表示的基的重複單元的樹脂,進而,更佳為含有具有由通式(2)所表示的基的重複單元的樹脂。 Resin E is preferably a resin containing a repeating unit having a group represented by the general formula (1), and more preferably a resin containing a repeating unit having a group represented by the general formula (2).

再者,樹脂E較佳為(甲基)丙烯酸酯聚合物。 Furthermore, the resin E is preferably a (meth)acrylate polymer.

作為具有由通式(1)所表示的基的重複單元,例如可列舉以下所示的基,但並不限定於該些。具體例中,X1表示氫原子、-CH3、-F或-CF3,更佳為氫原子或甲基。Me表示甲基。 As the repeating unit having a group represented by the general formula (1), for example, the groups shown below may be mentioned, but it is not limited to these. In a specific example, X 1 represents a hydrogen atom, -CH 3 , -F or -CF 3 , and more preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. Me represents methyl.

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0132-93
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0132-93

[化89]

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0133-94
[化89]
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0133-94

於所述三個式中,最上方的式中的n為1~100,R2表示1~100。中間的式中的l為1~100,m為1~100,n為1~100。最下方的式中的l分別獨立地為1~100,m為1~100,n為1~100。 Among the three formulas, n in the top formula is 1-100, and R 2 represents 1-100. In the middle formula, l is 1-100, m is 1-100, and n is 1-100. In the lowermost formula, l is independently 1-100, m is 1-100, and n is 1-100.

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0133-95
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0133-95

所述式中,h為1~100,j為1~100,k為1~100。 In the formula, h is 1-100, j is 1-100, and k is 1-100.

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0134-96
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0134-96

[化92]

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0135-97
[化92]
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0135-97

相對於樹脂E中的所有重複單元,具有由通式(1)所表示的基的重複單元的含量較佳為5莫耳%~70莫耳%,更佳為10莫耳%~60莫耳%。 Relative to all the repeating units in the resin E, the content of the repeating unit having the group represented by the general formula (1) is preferably 5 mol% to 70 mol%, more preferably 10 mol% to 60 mol% %.

具有由上述通式(1)所表示的基的樹脂E較佳為更具有由下述通式(2)所表示的基。 The resin E having a group represented by the above general formula (1) preferably further has a group represented by the following general formula (2).

*-X2-Z…(2) *-X 2 -Z…(2)

通式(2)中,X2表示單鍵或二價的連結基。Z表示選自由(甲基)丙烯醯基、烯丙基、乙烯基、氧雜環丁基、環氧基、及羥基甲基胺基所組成的群組中的至少一種基。*表示鍵結位置(例如與樹脂E的主鏈鍵結的位置)。 In the general formula (2), X 2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Z represents at least one group selected from the group consisting of (meth)acryloyl, allyl, vinyl, oxetanyl, epoxy, and hydroxymethylamino. * Indicates the bonding position (for example, the bonding position to the main chain of resin E).

樹脂E藉由具有由所述通式(2)所表示的基,於曝光部中,樹脂E彼此硬化(交聯)或樹脂E與聚合性化合物B交聯, 從而即便實施曝光後的有機顯影(步驟c1)而樹脂E亦難以溶出。尤其,就硬化性及耐熱性等觀點而言,較佳為所述通式(2)中的Z為(甲基)丙烯醯基。 Since the resin E has a group represented by the general formula (2), the resin E is hardened (crosslinked) or the resin E and the polymerizable compound B are crosslinked in the exposed portion, Therefore, even if the organic development after exposure (step c1) is performed, the resin E is difficult to elute. In particular, from the viewpoint of curability, heat resistance, etc., it is preferable that Z in the general formula (2) is a (meth)acryloyl group.

式(2)中,於X2表示二價的連結基的情況下,作為二價的連結基,例如可列舉:可具有鹵素原子、羥基或碳數1~4的烷基等取代基的伸烷基或伸芳基,-NR12-、-CONR12-、-CO-、-CO2-、SO2NR12-、-O-、-S-、-SO2-或該些的組合。此處,所述R12表示氫原子或甲基。 In the formula (2), when X 2 represents a divalent linking group, the divalent linking group includes, for example, a substituent that may have a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Alkyl or aryl group, -NR 12 -, -CONR 12 -, -CO-, -CO 2 -, SO 2 NR 12 -, -O-, -S-, -SO 2 -or a combination of these. Here, the R 12 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.

樹脂E可僅具有一種由通式(2)所表示的基,亦可具有兩種以上。 The resin E may have only one type of group represented by the general formula (2), or may have two or more types.

作為具有由通式(2)所表示的基的重複單元,例如可列舉由下述式(B1)所表示的重複單元等。 As the repeating unit having a group represented by the general formula (2), for example, a repeating unit represented by the following formula (B1) and the like can be cited.

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0136-98
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0136-98

式(B1)中,R1~R3分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或鹵素原子。X2表示單鍵或二價的連結基。Z表示選自由(甲基)丙烯醯基、烯丙基、乙烯基、氧雜環丁基、環氧基、及羥基甲基胺基所組成的群組中的至少一種基。 In formula (B1), R 1 to R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or a halogen atom. X 2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Z represents at least one group selected from the group consisting of (meth)acryloyl, allyl, vinyl, oxetanyl, epoxy, and hydroxymethylamino.

式(B1)中,R1~R3分別獨立地較佳為氫原子或烷基。於R1~R3表示烷基的情況下,較佳為碳數1~3的烷基。於R1~R3表示鹵素原子的情況下,較佳為氟原子。 In formula (B1), R 1 to R 3 are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. When R 1 to R 3 represent an alkyl group, it is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. When R 1 to R 3 represent a halogen atom, a fluorine atom is preferable.

式(B1)中的X2及Z的含義與所述通式(2)中的X2及Z相同。 The same as X (2) the meaning of X 2 and Z in the formula (B1) and Z 2 in the general formula.

另外,作為具有由通式(2)所表示的基的重複單元,例如可列舉以下所示的基,但並不限定於該些。 In addition, as a repeating unit having a group represented by the general formula (2), for example, the groups shown below may be mentioned, but it is not limited to these.

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0137-99
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0137-99

相對於樹脂E中的所有重複單元,具有由通式(2)所 表示的基的重複單元的含量較佳為30莫耳%~95莫耳%,更佳為45莫耳%~90莫耳%。 Relative to all repeating units in resin E, it has the formula (2) The content of the repeating unit of the indicated group is preferably 30 mol% to 95 mol%, more preferably 45 mol% to 90 mol%.

<樹脂E的適宜態樣> <Appropriate aspect of resin E>

作為樹脂E的適宜態樣之一,可列舉具有與日本專利特開2010-164965號公報中記載的由結構式(I)所表示的重複單元A類似的重複單元、及與由通式(II)所表示的重複單元B類似的重複單元的硬化性化合物。 As one of the suitable aspects of the resin E, there can be mentioned a repeating unit similar to the repeating unit A represented by the structural formula (I) described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2010-164965, and a repeating unit similar to the repeating unit A represented by the general formula (II) ) A curable compound of a repeating unit similar to the repeating unit B.

更具體而言,可列舉具有由下述式(A1)所表示的重複單元及由下述式(A2)所表示的重複單元的硬化性化合物。 More specifically, a curable compound having a repeating unit represented by the following formula (A1) and a repeating unit represented by the following formula (A2) can be cited.

[化95]

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0139-100
[化95]
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0139-100

式(A1)中,Ra表示氫原子或甲基。 In formula (A1), R a represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.

式(A2)中,Rb分別獨立地表示氫原子或甲基。 In the formula (A2), R b each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.

式(A2)中,R71表示具有一個以上的由下述結構式(71a)~結構式(71e)所表示的重複單元a~重複單元e的部分結構。 In the formula (A2), R 71 represents a partial structure having one or more repeating unit a to repeating unit e represented by the following structural formula (71a) to structural formula (71e).

式(A2)中,X及Y分別獨立地表示下述結構式(K1)~結構式(K3)的任一者。再者,下述結構式(K2)中的w表示1~20的任一整數。 In formula (A2), X and Y each independently represent any one of the following structural formula (K1) to structural formula (K3). In addition, w in the following structural formula (K2) represents any integer of 1-20.

[化96]

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0140-101
[化96]
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0140-101

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0140-102
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0140-102

作為如上所述的具有由式(A1)所表示的重複單元、及由式(A2)所表示的重複單元的硬化性化合物,例如可列舉迪愛生(DIC)公司製造的美佳法(Megafac)RS-718-K、Megafac RS-72-K等。 As the sclerosing compound having the repeating unit represented by the formula (A1) and the repeating unit represented by the formula (A2) as described above, for example, Megafac RS manufactured by DIC Corporation can be cited -718-K, Megafac RS-72-K, etc.

作為所述硬化性化合物的市售品,例如作為具有氟原子的硬化性化合物可利用迪愛生公司製造的Megafac RS-72-K、 Megafac RS-75、Megafac RS-76-E、Megafac RS-76-NS、Megafac RS-77,作為具有矽原子的硬化性化合物,可利用畢克(BYK)公司製造的BYK-UV 3500、BYK-UV 3530、BYK-UV 3570,贏創(EVONIK)公司製造的迪高拉得(TEGO Rad)2010、TEGO Rad 2011、TEGO Rad 2100、TEGO Rad 2200N、TEGO Rad 2250、TEGO Rad 2300、TEGO Rad 2500、TEGO Rad 2600、TEGO Rad 2650、TEGO Rad 2700等。 As a commercially available product of the curable compound, for example, as a curable compound having a fluorine atom, Megafac RS-72-K manufactured by DIC Corporation, Megafac RS-75, Megafac RS-76-E, Megafac RS-76-NS, Megafac RS-77, as hardening compounds with silicon atoms, BYK-UV 3500, BYK- manufactured by BYK can be used UV 3530, BYK-UV 3570, TEGO Rad 2010, TEGO Rad 2011, TEGO Rad 2100, TEGO Rad 2200N, TEGO Rad 2250, TEGO Rad 2300, TEGO Rad 2500, manufactured by Evonik (EVONIK) TEGO Rad 2600, TEGO Rad 2650, TEGO Rad 2700, etc.

其中,就降低反射率的觀點而言,較佳為具有氟原子的硬化性化合物。 Among them, from the viewpoint of reducing reflectance, a curable compound having a fluorine atom is preferred.

所述硬化性化合物較佳為可由硬化性化合物單獨形成於波長550nm中的折射率為1.1~1.5的膜。即,較佳為僅由所述硬化性化合物形成的膜的於波長550nm中的折射率為1.1~1.5。 The curable compound is preferably a film having a refractive index of 1.1 to 1.5 at a wavelength of 550 nm formed by the curable compound alone. That is, it is preferable that the refractive index at a wavelength of 550 nm of a film formed only of the curable compound is 1.1 to 1.5.

作為所述折射率的適宜範圍,就遮光膜的低反射性的觀點而言,較佳為1.2~1.5,更佳為1.3~1.5。 As a suitable range of the said refractive index, from a viewpoint of the low reflectivity of a light-shielding film, 1.2-1.5 are preferable, and 1.3-1.5 are more preferable.

另外,作為樹脂E的一態樣,例如亦可適宜地列舉日本專利特開2015-117327號公報的段落[0141]~段落[0145](合成例1)中所記載的、具有選自由下述式(A-1-1)所表示的聚合性單量體的重複單元的「氟系界面活性劑(I)」。 In addition, as an aspect of the resin E, for example, those described in paragraph [0141] to paragraph [0145] (Synthesis Example 1) of JP-A-2015-117327 can also be suitably selected from among the following "Fluorine-based surfactant (I)" which is a repeating unit of a polymerizable monomer represented by formula (A-1-1).

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0141-103
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0141-103

式(A-1-1)中,X為全氟亞甲基及全氟伸乙基,每一分子中,全氟亞甲基平均存在7個,全氟伸乙基平均存在8個,且氟原子的數量平均為46。 In formula (A-1-1), X is perfluoromethylene and perfluoroethylene. In each molecule, there are 7 perfluoromethylene groups on average, and 8 perfluoroethylene groups on average. The number of fluorine atoms is 46 on average.

樹脂E的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為5,000~100,000,更佳為7,000~50,000。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin E is preferably 5,000 to 100,000, more preferably 7,000 to 50,000.

另外,樹脂E的分散度(重量平均分子量(Mw)/數量平均分子量(Mn))較佳為1.80~3.00,更佳為2.00~2.90。 In addition, the degree of dispersion (weight average molecular weight (Mw)/number average molecular weight (Mn)) of the resin E is preferably 1.80 to 3.00, more preferably 2.00 to 2.90.

再者,於本發明中,重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)為藉由下述GPC法求出的聚苯乙烯換算值。 In addition, in the present invention, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) are polystyrene conversion values obtained by the following GPC method.

GPC(凝膠滲透層析)法基於使用HLC-8020 GPC(東曹(Tosoh)(股份)製造),並將TSKgel SuperHZM-H、TSKgel SuperHZ4000、TSKgel SuperHZ2000(東曹(股份)製造,4.6mm內徑(Inner Diameter,ID)×15cm)用作管柱,將四氫呋喃(tetrahydrofuran,THF)用作溶離液的方法。 GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography) method is based on the use of HLC-8020 GPC (manufactured by Tosoh (Tosoh)) and combining TSKgel SuperHZM-H, TSKgel SuperHZ4000, and TSKgel SuperHZ2000 (manufactured by Tosoh) within 4.6mm The diameter (Inner Diameter, ID) x 15 cm) is used as the column, and tetrahydrofuran (THF) is used as the method of elution.

樹脂E可單獨使用一種,亦可併用兩種以上。 Resin E may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.

於本發明的組成物含有樹脂E的情況下,相對於本發明的組成物中的總固體成分,樹脂E的含量較佳為0.1質量%~20質量%,更佳為0.5質量%~15質量%,進而佳為1.0質量%~10質量%。於本發明的組成物包含兩種以上的樹脂E的情況下,只要其合計為所述範圍內即可。 In the case where the composition of the present invention contains resin E, the content of resin E is preferably 0.1% by mass to 20% by mass, and more preferably 0.5% by mass to 15% by mass relative to the total solid content in the composition of the present invention %, more preferably 1.0% by mass to 10% by mass. In the case where the composition of the present invention contains two or more kinds of resin E, it is only necessary that the total thereof is within the above-mentioned range.

[溶劑] [Solvent]

本發明的組成物亦可更含有溶劑。溶劑只要滿足各成分的溶解性及組成物的塗佈性等,則基本上無特別限制。 The composition of the present invention may further contain a solvent. The solvent is basically not particularly limited as long as it satisfies the solubility of each component and the coatability of the composition.

作為溶劑,酯類例如可適宜地列舉乙酸乙酯、乙酸-正丁酯、乙酸異丁酯、甲酸戊酯、乙酸異戊酯、丙酸丁酯、丁酸異丙酯、丁酸乙酯、丁酸丁酯、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、氧基乙酸烷基酯(例如:氧基乙酸甲酯、氧基乙酸乙酯、氧基乙酸丁酯(例如甲氧基乙酸甲酯、甲氧基乙酸乙酯、甲氧基乙酸丁酯、乙氧基乙酸甲酯、乙氧基乙酸乙酯等))、3-氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例如:3-氧基丙酸甲酯、3-氧基丙酸乙酯等(例如3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯等))、2-氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例如:2-氧基丙酸甲酯、2-氧基丙酸乙酯、2-氧基丙酸丙酯等(例如2-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、2-甲氧基丙酸丙酯、2-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基丙酸乙酯))、2-氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯及2-氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯(例如2-甲氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯等)、丙酮酸甲酯、丙酮酸乙酯、丙酮酸丙酯、乙醯乙酸甲酯、乙醯乙酸乙酯、2-氧代丁酸甲酯、2-氧代丁酸乙酯等,以及,醚類例如可適宜地列舉二乙二醇二甲醚、四氫呋喃、乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、乙二醇單丁醚乙酸酯、甲基溶纖劑乙酸酯、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、二乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單丙醚乙酸酯等,以及,酮類例如可適宜地列舉甲基乙基酮、環己酮、2-庚酮、3-庚酮等,以及, 芳香族烴類例如可適宜地列舉二甲苯等。該些溶劑亦可併用兩種以上。 As the solvent, esters include, for example, ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, pentyl formate, isoamyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, Butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, alkyl oxyacetate (e.g. methyl oxyacetate, ethyl oxyacetate, butyl oxyacetate (e.g. methyl methoxyacetate, methoxy Ethyl ethoxylate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate, etc.), alkyl 3-oxypropionate (for example: methyl 3-oxypropionate , Ethyl 3-oxypropionate, etc. (e.g. methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate Esters, etc.)), 2-oxypropionic acid alkyl esters (for example: 2-oxymethyl propionate, 2-oxyethyl propionate, 2-oxypropionic acid propyl ester, etc. (for example, 2-methyl Methyl oxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate)), 2 -Oxy-2-methylpropionic acid methyl ester and 2-oxy-2-methylpropionic acid ethyl ester (e.g. 2-methoxy-2-methylpropionic acid methyl ester, 2-ethoxy-2 -Ethyl methyl propionate, etc.), methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, propyl pyruvate, methyl acetylacetate, ethyl acetylacetate, methyl 2-oxobutyrate, 2-oxo Ethyl butyrate and the like, and ethers, for example, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, methyl Cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetic acid Ester, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, etc., and the ketones include, for example, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, etc., and, As the aromatic hydrocarbons, for example, xylene and the like can be suitably mentioned. Two or more of these solvents may be used in combination.

就塗佈性的觀點而言,本發明的組成物中的溶劑的含量較佳為本發明的組成物的總固體成分濃度變成5質量%~80質量%的量,更佳為變成5質量%~60質量%的量,進而佳為變成10質量%~50質量%的量。 From the viewpoint of coatability, the content of the solvent in the composition of the present invention is preferably such that the total solid content concentration of the composition of the present invention becomes 5 mass% to 80 mass %, and more preferably becomes 5 mass% The amount of ~60% by mass is more preferably an amount of 10% by mass to 50% by mass.

[分散劑] [Dispersant]

本發明的著色感放射線性組成物於包含顏料的情況下可含有分散劑。 The colored radiation composition of the present invention may contain a dispersant when it contains a pigment.

作為分散劑,可列舉高分子分散劑[例如聚醯胺胺(polyamide amine)與其鹽、多羧酸與其鹽、高分子量不飽和酸酯、改質聚胺基甲酸酯、改質聚酯、改質聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸系共聚物、萘磺酸福馬林縮合物]、及聚氧乙烯烷基磷酸酯、聚氧乙烯烷基胺、烷醇胺等界面活性劑、及顏料衍生物等。 As the dispersant, a polymer dispersant [for example, polyamide amine and its salt, polycarboxylic acid and its salt, high molecular weight unsaturated acid ester, modified polyurethane, modified polyester, Modified poly(meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic copolymer, naphthalenesulfonate formalin condensate], and polyoxyethylene alkyl phosphate, polyoxyethylene alkyl amine, alkanolamine, etc. Agent, and pigment derivatives.

高分子分散劑可根據其結構而進一步分類為直鏈狀高分子、末端改質型高分子、接枝型高分子、嵌段型高分子。 Polymer dispersants can be further classified into linear polymers, terminal modified polymers, graft-type polymers, and block-type polymers according to their structure.

作為具有針對顏料表面的固定部位的末端改質型高分子,例如可列舉:日本專利特開平3-112992號公報、日本專利特表2003-533455號公報等中記載的於末端具有磷酸基的高分子,日本專利特開2002-273191號公報等中記載的於末端具有磺酸基的高分子,日本專利特開平9-77994號公報等中記載的具有有機色素的部分骨架及雜環的高分子等。另外,日本專利特開 2007-277514號公報中記載的於高分子末端導入有兩個以上針對顏料表面的固定部位(酸基、鹼性基、有機色素的部分骨架、及雜環等)的高分子的分散穩定性亦優異,而較佳。 Examples of terminal-modified polymers having fixed sites on the surface of the pigment include high-density polymers described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 3-112992 and Japanese Patent Publication No. 2003-533455, etc., having a phosphate group at the end. Molecule, a polymer having a sulfonic acid group at the end described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2002-273191, etc., a polymer having a partial skeleton of an organic dye and a heterocyclic ring described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 9-77994, etc. Wait. In addition, Japanese Patent Publication The dispersion stability of polymers with two or more fixed sites (acid groups, basic groups, partial skeletons of organic pigments, and heterocycles, etc.) on the surface of the pigment introduced into the end of the polymer described in the 2007-277514 publication is also Excellent, but better.

作為具有針對顏料表面的固定部位的接枝型高分子,例如可列舉聚酯系分散劑等,具體而言,例如可列舉:日本專利特開昭54-37082號公報、日本專利特表平8-507960號公報、及日本專利特開2009-258668號公報等中記載的聚(低級伸烷基亞胺)與聚酯的反應產物;日本專利特開平9-169821號公報等中記載的聚烯丙基胺與聚酯的反應產物;日本專利特開平10-339949號公報、及日本專利特開2004-37986號公報等中記載的大分子單體與氮原子單體的共聚物;日本專利特開2003-238837號公報、日本專利特開2008-9426號公報、及日本專利特開2008-81732號公報等中記載的具有有機色素的部分骨架及/或雜環的接枝型高分子;日本專利特開2010-106268號公報等中記載的大分子單體與含酸基的單體的共聚物等。尤其,就顏料分散物的分散性、分散穩定性、及使用顏料分散物的著色感放射線性組成物所顯示的顯影性的觀點而言,特佳為日本專利特開2009-203462號公報中記載的具有鹼性基與酸性基的兩性分散樹脂。 Examples of graft-type polymers having fixed sites on the surface of the pigment include polyester-based dispersants, and specific examples include: Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 54-37082, Japanese Patent Publication No. Hei 8 -507960, the reaction product of poly(lower alkyleneimine) and polyester described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2009-258668, etc.; polyolefin described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 9-169821, etc. The reaction product of propylamine and polyester; Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10-339949, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2004-37986, etc. The copolymer of macromonomer and nitrogen atom monomer; Japanese Patent Special A graft-type polymer having a partial skeleton and/or heterocyclic ring of an organic dye described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2003-238837, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2008-9426, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2008-81732, etc.; Japan A copolymer of a macromonomer and an acid group-containing monomer described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2010-106268 and the like. In particular, from the viewpoints of the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the pigment dispersion, and the developability shown by the color-sensitive radiation composition using the pigment dispersion, it is particularly preferred that it is described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2009-203462 Amphoteric dispersion resin with basic and acidic groups.

作為藉由自由基聚合來製造具有針對顏料表面的固定部位的接枝型高分子時使用的大分子單體,可使用公知的大分子單體,可列舉:東亞合成(股份)製造的大分子單體AA-6(末端基為甲基丙烯醯基的聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯)、AS-6(末端基為甲基丙 烯醯基的聚苯乙烯)、AN-6S(末端基為甲基丙烯醯基的苯乙烯與丙烯腈的共聚物)、AB-6(末端基為甲基丙烯醯基的聚丙烯酸丁酯),大賽璐(Daicel)化學工業(股份)製造的PlaccelFM5(甲基丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯的ε-己內酯5莫耳當量加成物)、FA10L(丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯的ε-己內酯10莫耳當量加成物),以及日本專利特開平2-272009號公報中記載的聚酯系大分子單體等。該些之中,尤其就顏料分散物的分散性、分散穩定性、及使用顏料分散物的著色感放射線性組成物所顯示的顯影性的觀點而言,特佳為柔軟性且親溶劑性優異的聚酯系大分子單體,進而,特佳為由日本專利特開平2-272009號公報中記載的聚酯系大分子單體所表示的聚酯系大分子單體。 As the macromonomers used in the production of graft-type polymers with fixed sites on the pigment surface by free radical polymerization, well-known macromonomers can be used, including: Macromolecules manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd. Monomer AA-6 (polymethyl methacrylate with methacrylic acid end group), AS-6 (methyl propylene end group Alkenyl polystyrene), AN-6S (a copolymer of styrene and acrylonitrile with a methacrylic end group), AB-6 (polybutyl acrylate with a methacrylic end group) , PlaccelFM5 (5-mole equivalent adduct of ε-caprolactone of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate) manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industry (Stock), FA10L (ε-hexyl of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate) Lactone (10 molar equivalent adduct), and the polyester-based macromonomer described in JP 2-272009 A, etc. Among these, particularly from the viewpoints of the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the pigment dispersion, and the developability exhibited by the color-sensitive radiation composition using the pigment dispersion, it is particularly preferred that it is excellent in flexibility and solvent affinity The polyester-based macromonomer is particularly preferably a polyester-based macromonomer represented by the polyester-based macromonomer described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2-272009.

作為具有針對顏料表面的固定部位的嵌段型高分子,較佳為日本專利特開2003-49110號公報、日本專利特開2009-52010號公報等中記載的嵌段型高分子。 As the block-type polymer having a fixed portion to the surface of the pigment, the block-type polymer described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2003-49110, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2009-52010, and the like are preferred.

分散劑亦可作為市售品而獲得,作為此種具體例,可列舉:楠本化成股份有限公司製造的「DA-7301」,畢克化學(BYK Chemie)公司製造的「迪斯帕畢克(Disperbyk)-101(聚醯胺胺磷酸鹽)、Disperbyk-107(羧酸酯)、Disperbyk-110(包含酸基的共聚物)、Disperbyk-130(聚醯胺)、Disperbyk-161、Disperbyk-162、Disperbyk-163、Disperbyk-164、Disperbyk-165、Disperbyk-166、Disperbyk-170(高分子共聚物)」、「BYK-P104、BYK-P105(高分子量不飽和多羧酸)」,埃夫卡(EFKA)公司製造的「EFKA4047、 EFKA4050~EFKA4010~EFKA4165(聚胺基甲酸酯系)、EFKA4330~EFKA4340(嵌段共聚物)、EFKA4400~EFKA4402(改質聚丙烯酸酯)、EFKA5010(聚酯醯胺)、EFKA5765(高分子量多羧酸鹽)、EFKA6220(脂肪酸聚酯)、EFKA6745(酞菁衍生物)、EFKA6750(偶氮顏料衍生物)」,味之素精細化學(Ajinomoto Fine-Techno)公司製造的「阿吉斯帕(Ajisper)PB821、Ajisper PB822、Ajisper PB880、Ajisper PB881」,共榮社化學公司製造的「弗洛蘭(Florene)TG-710(胺基甲酸酯寡聚物)」、「珀利弗洛(Polyflow)No.50E、Polyflow No.300(丙烯酸系共聚物)」,楠本化成公司製造的「迪斯帕隆(Disparlon)KS-860、Disparlon 873SN、Disparlon 874、Disparlon #2150(脂肪族多元羧酸)、Disparlon #7004(聚醚酯)、Disparlon DA-703-50、Disparlon DA-705、Disparlon DA-725」,花王公司製造的「德莫耳(Demol)RN、Demol N(萘磺酸福馬林縮聚物)、Demol MS、Demol C、Demol SN-B(芳香族磺酸福馬林縮聚物),「火莫格諾(Homogenol)L-18(高分子多羧酸)」,「艾馬吉(Emalgen)920、Emalgen930、Emalgen935、Emalgen985(聚氧乙烯壬基苯基醚)」,「阿塞他命(Aeetamin)86(硬脂基胺乙酸酯)」,日本路博潤(Lubrizol)(股份)製造的「索努帕斯(Solsperse)5000(酞菁衍生物)、Solsperse22000(偶氮顏料衍生物)、Solsperse13240(聚酯胺)、Solsperse3000、Solsperse17000、Solsperse27000(末端部具有功能部的高分子)、Solsperse24000、Solsperse28000、Solsperse32000、 Solsperse38500(接枝型高分子)」,日光化學(Nikko Chemicals)公司製造的「尼克爾(Nikkol)T106(聚氧乙烯脫水山梨糖醇單油酸酯)、MYS-IEX(聚氧乙烯單硬脂酸酯)」,川研精化(Kawaken Fine Chemicals)(股份)製造的海諾埃克特(Hinoact)T-8000E等,信越化學工業(股份)製造的有機矽氧烷聚合物KP341,裕商(股份)製造的「W001:陽離子系界面活性劑」、聚氧乙烯月桂基醚、聚氧乙烯硬脂基醚、聚氧乙烯油烯基醚、聚氧乙烯辛基苯基醚、聚氧乙烯壬基苯基醚、聚乙二醇二月桂酸酯、聚乙二醇二硬脂酸酯、脫水山梨糖醇脂肪酸酯等非離子系界面活性劑、「W004、W005、W017」等陰離子系界面活性劑,森下產業(股份)製造的「EFKA-46、EFKA-47、EFKA-47EA、埃夫卡聚合物(EFKA Polymer)100、EFKA Polymer400、EFKA Polymer401、EFKA Polymer450」,聖諾普科(Sannopco)(股份)製造的「迪斯帕斯艾德(Disperse Aid)6、Disperse Aid8、Disperse Aid15、Disperse Aid9100」等高分子分散劑,艾迪科(股份)製造的「艾迪科普朗尼克(Adeka Pluronic)L31、Adeka Pluronic F38、Adeka Pluronic L42、Adeka Pluronic L44、Adeka Pluronic L61、Adeka Pluronic L64、Adeka Pluronic F68、Adeka Pluronic L72、Adeka Pluronic P95、Adeka Pluronic F77、Adeka Pluronic P84、Adeka Pluronic F87、Adeka Pluronic P94、Adeka Pluronic L101、Adeka Pluronic P103、Adeka Pluronic F108、Adeka Pluronic L121、Adeka Pluronic P-123」,以及三洋化成(股份)製造的「伊奧奈特(Ionet)(商品 名)S-20」等。 The dispersant can also be obtained as a commercially available product. As such specific examples, "DA-7301" manufactured by Kusumoto Chemical Co., Ltd., and "DISPARBIC (by BYK Chemie) Disperbyk)-101 (polyamide phosphate), Disperbyk-107 (carboxylate), Disperbyk-110 (copolymer containing acid groups), Disperbyk-130 (polyamide), Disperbyk-161, Disperbyk-162 , Disperbyk-163, Disperbyk-164, Disperbyk-165, Disperbyk-166, Disperbyk-170 (polymer copolymer)", "BYK-P104, BYK-P105 (high molecular weight unsaturated polycarboxylic acid)", Efka (EFKA) manufactured by the company "EFKA4047, EFKA4050~EFKA4010~EFKA4165 (polyurethane series), EFKA4330~EFKA4340 (block copolymer), EFKA4400~EFKA4402 (modified polyacrylate), EFKA5010 (polyester amide), EFKA5765 (high molecular weight polycarboxylate) Acid salt), EFKA6220 (fatty acid polyester), EFKA6745 (phthalocyanine derivative), EFKA6750 (azo pigment derivative)", manufactured by Ajinomoto Fine-Techno, "Ajisper )PB821, Ajisper PB822, Ajisper PB880, Ajisper PB881", "Florene TG-710 (urethane oligomer)" manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd., "Polyflow" No.50E, Polyflow No.300 (acrylic copolymer)", "Disparlon KS-860, Disparlon 873SN, Disparlon 874, Disparlon #2150 (aliphatic polycarboxylic acid), Disparlon #7004 (polyether ester), Disparlon DA-703-50, Disparlon DA-705, Disparlon DA-725", "Demol RN, Demol N (formalin naphthalenesulfonate condensation polymer) manufactured by Kao ), Demol MS, Demol C, Demol SN-B (aromatic sulfonic acid formalin polycondensate), "Homogenol L-18 (polymer polycarboxylic acid)", "Emalgen" 920, Emalgen930, Emalgen935, Emalgen985 (polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether)", "Aeetamin 86 (stearylamine acetate)", manufactured by Lubrizol (Stock) Solsperse 5000 (phthalocyanine derivative), Solsperse 22000 (azo pigment derivative), Solsperse 13240 (polyester amine), Solsperse 3000, Solsperse 17000, Solsperse 27000 (polymers with functional parts at the end), Solsperse 24000 , Solsperse28000, Solsperse32000, Solsperse38500 (grafted polymer)", "Nikkol T106 (polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate), MYS-IEX (polyoxyethylene monostearate) manufactured by Nikko Chemicals Acid esters)", Hinoact T-8000E manufactured by Kawaken Fine Chemicals (Stock), etc., organosiloxane polymer KP341 manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., Yushang (Stock) "W001: Cationic Surfactant", polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octyl phenyl ether, polyoxyethylene Non-ionic surfactants such as nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, and sorbitan fatty acid esters, anionic surfactants such as "W004, W005, and W017" Surfactant, "EFKA-46, EFKA-47, EFKA-47EA, EFKA Polymer 100, EFKA Polymer400, EFKA Polymer401, EFKA Polymer450" manufactured by Morishita Industry Co., Ltd., San Nopco ( "Disperse Aid (Disperse Aid) 6, Disperse Aid 8, Disperse Aid 15, Disperse Aid 9100" and other polymer dispersants manufactured by Sannopco (Stock); Adeka Pluronic) L31, Adeka Pluronic F38, Adeka Pluronic L42, Adeka Pluronic L44, Adeka Pluronic L61, Adeka Pluronic L64, Adeka Pluronic F68, Adeka Pluronic L72, Adeka Pluronic P95, Adeka Pluronic F77, Adeka Pluronic 87, Adeka Pluronic Pluronic P94, Adeka Pluronic L101, Adeka Pluronic P103, Adeka Pluronic F108, Adeka Pluronic L121, Adeka Pluronic P-123, and "Ionet" manufactured by Sanyo Chemical Co., Ltd. Name) S-20" and so on.

分散劑可單獨使用,亦可將兩種以上組合使用。於本發明中,特佳為將顏料衍生物與高分子分散劑組合使用。另外,本發明的分散劑亦可將具有針對顏料表面的固定部位的末端改質型高分子、接枝型高分子、嵌段型高分子與鹼可溶性樹脂併用來使用。作為鹼可溶性樹脂,可列舉(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物、衣康酸共聚物、巴豆酸共聚物、順丁烯二酸共聚物、部分酯化順丁烯二酸共聚物等、以及側鏈上具有羧酸基的酸性纖維素衍生物、於具有羥基的聚合物中對酸酐進行改質而成的樹脂,特佳為(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物。另外,日本專利特開平10-300922號公報中記載的N位取代順丁烯二醯亞胺單體共聚物、日本專利特開2004-300204號公報中記載的醚二聚體共聚物、日本專利特開平7-319161號公報中記載的含有聚合性基的鹼可溶性樹脂亦較佳。 The dispersant can be used alone or in combination of two or more. In the present invention, it is particularly preferable to use a combination of a pigment derivative and a polymer dispersant. In addition, the dispersant of the present invention can also be used in combination with terminally modified polymers, graft-type polymers, block-type polymers, and alkali-soluble resins having fixed sites on the pigment surface. Examples of alkali-soluble resins include (meth)acrylic acid copolymers, itaconic acid copolymers, crotonic acid copolymers, maleic acid copolymers, partially esterified maleic acid copolymers, etc., and side chains A resin obtained by modifying an acidic cellulose derivative having a carboxylic acid group and an acid anhydride in a polymer having a hydroxyl group is particularly preferably a (meth)acrylic copolymer. In addition, the N-substituted maleimide monomer copolymer described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10-300922, the ether dimer copolymer described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2004-300204, and the Japanese Patent Alkali-soluble resins containing polymerizable groups described in JP-A-7-319161 are also preferable.

作為著色感放射線性組成物中的分散劑的含量,相對於顏料100質量份,較佳為1質量份~80質量份,更佳為5質量份~70質量份,進而佳為10質量份~60質量份。 The content of the dispersant in the color-sensitive radiation composition is preferably 1 part by mass to 80 parts by mass, more preferably 5 parts by mass to 70 parts by mass, and still more preferably 10 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the pigment. 60 parts by mass.

具體而言,若為使用高分子分散劑的情況,則作為其使用量,相對於顏料100質量份,以質量換算計較佳為5份~100份的範圍,更佳為10份~80份的範圍。 Specifically, in the case of using a polymer dispersant, the amount used is preferably in the range of 5 parts to 100 parts, more preferably 10 parts to 80 parts based on mass conversion, relative to 100 parts by mass of the pigment range.

另外,於併用分散劑與顏料衍生物的情況下,作為顏料衍生物的使用量,相對於顏料100質量份,以質量換算計較佳為1份~30份的範圍,更佳為3份~20份,特佳為5份~15份。 In addition, in the case of using a dispersant and a pigment derivative in combination, the amount of the pigment derivative used is preferably in the range of 1 part to 30 parts in terms of mass per 100 parts by mass of the pigment, and more preferably 3 parts to 20 parts. Servings, particularly preferably 5 to 15 servings.

於本發明的著色感放射線性組成物中,於使用染料及顏料的情況下,就硬化感度及色濃度等觀點而言,相對於著色感放射線性組成物的總固體成分的、包含染料及顏料的著色劑的濃度較佳為50質量%以上,更佳為60質量%以上,進而佳為70質量%以上。另外,相對於著色感放射線性組成物的總固體成分的、著色劑的濃度較佳為90質量%以下,更佳為85質量%以下。 In the coloring radiation composition of the present invention, when dyes and pigments are used, in terms of curing sensitivity and color density, the dye and pigment are contained relative to the total solid content of the coloring radiation composition The concentration of the coloring agent is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 60% by mass or more, and still more preferably 70% by mass or more. In addition, the concentration of the coloring agent with respect to the total solid content of the coloring radiation composition is preferably 90% by mass or less, and more preferably 85% by mass or less.

另外,於本發明的著色感放射線性組成物中,於使用顏料的情況下,相對於著色感放射線性組成物的總固體成分的、顏料的濃度較佳為25質量%以上,更佳為35質量%以上,進而佳為45質量%以上。另外,相對於著色感放射線性組成物的總固體成分的、顏料的濃度較佳為65質量%以下,更佳為55質量%以下。 In addition, in the coloring radiation composition of the present invention, when a pigment is used, the concentration of the pigment relative to the total solid content of the coloring radiation composition is preferably 25% by mass or more, more preferably 35 Mass% or more, more preferably 45% by mass or more. In addition, the concentration of the pigment with respect to the total solid content of the color-sensitive radiation composition is preferably 65% by mass or less, and more preferably 55% by mass or less.

[界面活性劑] [Surfactant]

就進一步提高塗佈性的觀點而言,本發明的組成物亦可含有各種界面活性劑。作為界面活性劑,可使用氟系界面活性劑、非離子系界面活性劑、陽離子系界面活性劑、陰離子系界面活性劑、矽酮系界面活性劑等各種界面活性劑。再者,所述樹脂E不包含於所述界面活性劑中。 From the viewpoint of further improving coatability, the composition of the present invention may contain various surfactants. As the surfactant, various surfactants such as fluorine surfactants, nonionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, anionic surfactants, and silicone surfactants can be used. Furthermore, the resin E is not included in the surfactant.

作為氟系界面活性劑,例如可列舉:Megafac F171、Megafac F172、Megafac F173、Megafac F176、Megafac F177、Megafac F141、Megafac F142、Megafac F143、Megafac F144、Megafac R30、Megafac F437、Megafac F475、Megafac F479、Megafac F482、Megafac F554、Megafac F780、Megafac F781(以上,迪愛 生(股份)製造),弗洛德(Fluorad)FC430、Fluorad FC431、Fluorad FC171(以上,住友3M(Sumitomo 3M)(股份)製造),沙福隆(Surflon)S-382、Surflon SC-101、Surflon SC-103、Surflon SC-104、Surflon SC-105、Surflon SC1068、Surflon SC-381、Surflon SC-383、Surflon S393、Surflon KH-40(以上,旭硝子(股份)製造),PF636、PF656、PF6320、PF6520、PF7002(歐諾法(OMNOVA)公司製造)等。 Examples of the fluorine-based surfactant include: Megafac F171, Megafac F172, Megafac F173, Megafac F176, Megafac F177, Megafac F141, Megafac F142, Megafac F143, Megafac F144, Megafac R30, Megafac F437, Megafac F475, Megafac F482, Megafac F554, Megafac F780, Megafac F781 (above, Di Ai Health (manufactured by shares), Fluorad FC430, Fluorad FC431, Fluorad FC171 (above, manufactured by Sumitomo 3M (Stock)), Surflon S-382, Surflon SC-101, Surflon SC-103, Surflon SC-104, Surflon SC-105, Surflon SC1068, Surflon SC-381, Surflon SC-383, Surflon S393, Surflon KH-40 (above, manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.), PF636, PF656, PF6320 , PF6520, PF7002 (manufactured by OMNOVA), etc.

作為非離子系界面活性劑,具體而言,可列舉:甘油、三羥甲基丙烷、三羥甲基乙烷以及該些的乙氧基化物及丙氧基化物(例如甘油丙氧基化物、甘油乙氧基化物等)、聚氧乙烯月桂基醚、聚氧乙烯硬脂基醚、聚氧乙烯油烯基醚、聚氧乙烯辛基苯基醚、聚氧乙烯壬基苯基醚、聚乙二醇二月桂酸酯、聚乙二醇二硬脂酸酯、脫水山梨糖醇脂肪酸酯(巴斯夫公司製造的普朗尼克(Pluronic)L10、Pluronic L31、Pluronic L61、Pluronic L62、Pluronic 10R5、Pluronic 17R2、Pluronic 25R2,特求尼克(Tetronic)304、Tetronic 701、Tetronic 704、Tetronic 901、Tetronic 904、Tetronic 150R1,皮傲寧(Pionin)D-6112-W(竹本油脂(股份)製造),Solsperse20000(日本路博潤(股份)製造))等。 Specific examples of nonionic surfactants include glycerin, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane, and these ethoxylates and propoxylates (for example, glycerol propoxylate, Glycerol ethoxylate, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octyl phenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonyl phenyl ether, polyoxyethylene Ethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid esters (Pluronic L10, Pluronic L31, Pluronic L61, Pluronic L62, Pluronic 10R5, manufactured by BASF) Pluronic 17R2, Pluronic 25R2, Tetronic 304, Tetronic 701, Tetronic 704, Tetronic 901, Tetronic 904, Tetronic 150R1, Pionin D-6112-W (manufactured by Takemoto Oil Co., Ltd.), Solsperse 20000 (Made by Lubrizol (Japan) Co., Ltd.)) and so on.

作為陽離子系界面活性劑,具體而言,可列舉:酞菁衍生物(商品名:EFKA-745,森下產業(股份)製造),有機矽氧烷聚合物KP341(信越化學工業(股份)製造),(甲基)丙烯酸系(共)聚合物Polyflow No.75、Polyflow No.90、Polyflow No.95(共榮社 化學(股份)製造),W001(裕商(股份)製造)等。 Specific examples of cationic surfactants include phthalocyanine derivatives (trade name: EFKA-745, manufactured by Morishita Sangyo Co., Ltd.), and organosiloxane polymer KP341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) , (Meth)acrylic (co)polymer Polyflow No.75, Polyflow No.90, Polyflow No.95 (Kyoeisha Chemicals (manufactured by shares), W001 (manufactured by Yushang (shares)), etc.

作為陰離子系界面活性劑,具體而言,可列舉:W004、W005、W017(裕商(股份)公司製造)等。 As an anionic surfactant, specifically, W004, W005, W017 (manufactured by Yushang (Co., Ltd.)) etc. are mentioned.

作為矽酮系界面活性劑,例如可列舉:東麗.道康寧(Toray Dow Corning)(股份)製造的「東麗矽酮(Toray Silicone)DC3PA」、「Toray Silicone SH7PA」、「Toray Silicone DC11PA」、「Toray Silicone SH21PA」、「Toray Silicone SH28PA」、「Toray Silicone SH29PA」、「Toray Silicone SH30PA」、「Toray Silicone SH8400」,邁圖高新材料(Momentive Performance Materials)公司製造的「TSF-4440」、「TSF-4300」、「TSF-4445」、「TSF-4460」、「TSF-4452」,信越矽利光(Shinetsu silicone)股份有限公司製造的「KP341」、「KF6001」、「KF6002」,畢克化學公司製造的「BYK307」、「BYK323」、「BYK330」等。 As silicone-based surfactants, for example, Toray. "Toray Silicone DC3PA", "Toray Silicone SH7PA", "Toray Silicone DC11PA", "Toray Silicone SH21PA", "Toray Silicone SH28PA", "Toray Silicone" manufactured by Dow Corning (Stock) "SH29PA", "Toray Silicone SH30PA", "Toray Silicone SH8400", "TSF-4440", "TSF-4300", "TSF-4445", "TSF-4460" manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials , "TSF-4452", "KP341", "KF6001", "KF6002" manufactured by Shin-Etsu Silicone Co., Ltd., "BYK307", "BYK323", "BYK330" manufactured by BYK Chemicals, etc.

界面活性劑可單獨使用一種,亦可併用兩種以上。 Surfactants may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

於本發明的組成物含有界面活性劑的情況下,相對於本發明的組成物的總質量,界面活性劑的含量較佳為0.001質量%~2.0質量%,更佳為0.005質量%~1.0質量%。 When the composition of the present invention contains a surfactant, relative to the total mass of the composition of the present invention, the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.001% by mass to 2.0% by mass, more preferably 0.005% by mass to 1.0% by mass %.

[光酸產生劑] [Photo Acid Generator]

本發明的組成物亦可更含有藉由放射線的照射而產生酸的化合物即光酸產生劑(酸產生劑)。 The composition of the present invention may further contain a photoacid generator (acid generator) that is a compound that generates an acid by irradiation with radiation.

於本發明的組成物含有具有由所述通式(2)所表示的基的樹脂E的情況下,進而於該基中的Z表示氧雜環丁基、環氧基或羥 基甲基胺基的情況下,藉由光酸產生劑所產生的酸作用,該些基變得易於分解並進行交聯。 When the composition of the present invention contains resin E having a group represented by the general formula (2), Z in the group represents an oxetanyl group, an epoxy group, or a hydroxyl group. In the case of a methylamino group, these groups are easily decomposed and crosslinked by the acid action of the photoacid generator.

作為光酸產生劑,並無特別限定,可適宜使用公知的光酸產生劑,可列舉產生有機酸例如磺酸、雙(烷基磺醯基)醯亞胺、三(烷基磺醯基)甲基化物等的化合物等。 The photoacid generator is not particularly limited, and well-known photoacid generators can be suitably used. Examples thereof include sulfonic acid, bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide, and tris(alkylsulfonyl). Methyl compounds and other compounds.

於光酸產生劑為低分子化合物的形態的情況下,分子量較佳為3000以下,更佳為2000以下,進而佳為1000以下。 When the photoacid generator is in the form of a low molecular compound, the molecular weight is preferably 3000 or less, more preferably 2000 or less, and still more preferably 1000 or less.

作為光酸產生劑的例子,例如可參考日本專利特開2015-138232號公報的段落[0168]~段落[0214],其內容可被編入至本說明書中。 As an example of the photoacid generator, for example, paragraph [0168] to paragraph [0214] of JP 2015-138232 A can be referred to, and the content can be incorporated in this specification.

光酸產生劑可單獨使用一種,亦可併用兩種以上。 One kind of photoacid generator may be used alone, or two or more kinds may be used in combination.

於本發明的組成物含有光酸產生劑的情況下,以本發明的組成物的總固體成分為基準,光酸產生劑的含量較佳為0.1質量%~50質量%,更佳為0.5質量%~40質量%。 In the case where the composition of the present invention contains a photoacid generator, based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention, the content of the photoacid generator is preferably 0.1% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably 0.5% by mass %~40% by mass.

[其他成分] [Other ingredients]

本發明的組成物中,除所述必需成分及任意成分以外,只要無損本發明的效果,則亦可根據目的適宜選擇使用其他成分。 In the composition of the present invention, in addition to the above-mentioned essential components and optional components, other components may be appropriately selected and used according to the purpose as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.

作為可併用的其他成分,例如可列舉黏合劑聚合物、分散劑、增感劑、交聯劑、硬化促進劑、填料、熱硬化促進劑、熱聚合抑制劑、塑化劑、紫外線吸收劑、矽烷偶合劑等,進而亦可併用針對基材表面的密接促進劑及其他助劑類(例如導電性粒子、填充劑、消泡劑、阻燃劑、調平劑、剝離促進劑、抗氧化劑、香料、 表面張力調整劑、鏈轉移劑等)。 Other components that can be used in combination include, for example, binder polymers, dispersants, sensitizers, crosslinkers, hardening accelerators, fillers, thermosetting accelerators, thermal polymerization inhibitors, plasticizers, ultraviolet absorbers, Silane coupling agent, etc., and further, adhesion promoters and other auxiliary agents (such as conductive particles, fillers, defoamers, flame retardants, leveling agents, peeling promoters, antioxidants, spices, Surface tension regulator, chain transfer agent, etc.).

藉由適宜含有該些成分,可調整所形成的膜的穩定性、膜物性等性質。 By suitably containing these components, the stability of the formed film and the properties of the film can be adjusted.

該些成分例如可參考日本專利特開2012-003225號公報的段落[0183]以後(對應的美國專利申請公開第2013/0034812號說明書的[0237]以後)的記載,日本專利特開2008-250074號公報的段落[0101]~段落[0102]、段落[0103]~段落[0104]及段落[0107]~段落[0109]等的記載,該些內容可被編入至本申請案說明書中。 For these ingredients, for example, reference can be made to the description of paragraph [0183] and subsequent (corresponding U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0034812 specification [0237] and subsequent) of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012-003225, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2008-250074 Bulletin No. [0101] ~ paragraph [0102], paragraph [0103] ~ paragraph [0104] and paragraph [0107] ~ paragraph [0109], etc., these contents can be incorporated into the specification of this application.

[著色感放射線性組成物的製備] [Preparation of colored radiation composition]

關於本發明的組成物的製備態樣並無特別限制,例如可將所述必需成分及任意成分混合而製備。 The preparation aspect of the composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, and for example, it can be prepared by mixing the essential components and optional components.

本發明的組成物根據去除異物及減少缺陷等目的,較佳為使用過濾器進行過濾。 The composition of the present invention is preferably filtered with a filter for the purpose of removing foreign matter and reducing defects.

作為過濾器過濾中使用的過濾器,只要是自先前以來用於過濾用途等的過濾器,則可無特別限定地使用。 As a filter used for filter filtration, as long as it is a filter used for a filtering purpose etc., it can use without a restriction|limiting in particular.

作為過濾器的材質的例子,可列舉:聚四氟乙烯(Polytetrafluoroethylene,PTFE)等氟樹脂;尼龍-6、尼龍-6,6等聚醯胺系樹脂;聚乙烯、聚丙烯(Polypropylene,PP)等聚烯烴樹脂(包含高密度、超高分子量)等。該些原材料之中,較佳為聚丙烯(包含高密度聚丙烯)。 Examples of the material of the filter include: fluororesins such as polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE); polyamide resins such as nylon-6, nylon-6, 6; polyethylene, polypropylene (Polypropylene, PP) Polyolefin resins (including high density and ultra-high molecular weight), etc. Among these raw materials, polypropylene (including high-density polypropylene) is preferred.

過濾器的孔徑並無特別限定,例如為0.01μm~20.0μm左右,較佳為0.01μm~5μm左右,進而佳為0.01μm~2.0μm左右。 The pore size of the filter is not particularly limited, and is, for example, about 0.01 μm to 20.0 μm, preferably about 0.01 μm to 5 μm, and more preferably about 0.01 μm to 2.0 μm.

藉由將過濾器的孔徑設為所述範圍,可更有效地去除微細的粒子,從而可進一步降低濁度。 By setting the pore size of the filter in the above range, fine particles can be removed more effectively, and turbidity can be further reduced.

此處,過濾器的孔徑可參照過濾器生產商的標稱值。作為市售的過濾器,例如可自日本頗爾(Pall)股份有限公司、愛多邦得科東洋(Advantec Toyo)股份有限公司、日本英特格(Nihon Entegris)股份有限公司(前日本密科理(Mykrolis)股份有限公司)或北澤微濾器(Kitz Microfilter)股份有限公司等所提供的各種過濾器中選擇。 Here, the pore size of the filter can refer to the nominal value of the filter manufacturer. As a commercially available filter, for example, available from Pall Co., Ltd., Advantec Toyo Co., Ltd., Nihon Entegris Co., Ltd. (formerly Nihon Entegris) Choose from various filters provided by Mykrolis Co., Ltd. or Kitz Microfilter Co., Ltd.

另外,作為本發明的著色感放射線性組成物中所使用的原材料,較佳為使用高純度的原材料。可抑制顆粒、金屬雜質、水分及過氧化物等對性能帶來影響的雜質的混入及產生等。 In addition, as the raw material used in the colored radiation composition of the present invention, it is preferable to use a high-purity raw material. It can suppress the mixing and generation of impurities such as particles, metal impurities, moisture and peroxides that affect performance.

作為朝支撐體上應用本發明的組成物的方法,可使用狹縫塗佈、噴墨法、旋轉塗佈、噴霧塗佈、流延塗佈、輥塗、網版印刷法等各種方法。 As a method of applying the composition of the present invention to the support, various methods such as slit coating, inkjet method, spin coating, spray coating, cast coating, roll coating, and screen printing can be used.

其中,就著色感放射線性組成物層的膜厚變得均勻的觀點而言,較佳為狹縫塗佈、旋轉塗佈、噴霧塗佈。另外,於著色感放射線性組成物層的下層表面不平坦的情況下,就膜厚變得均勻的觀點而言,較佳為噴霧塗佈、噴墨法。 Among them, from the viewpoint of making the film thickness of the colored radiation-sensitive composition layer uniform, slit coating, spin coating, and spray coating are preferred. In addition, in the case where the lower surface of the colored radiation-sensitive composition layer is uneven, from the viewpoint of making the film thickness uniform, spray coating or inkjet methods are preferred.

於藉由噴墨塗佈本發明的組成物的情況下,較佳為具有對於適用於噴墨記錄裝置而言適宜的物性。 When the composition of the present invention is applied by inkjet, it preferably has suitable physical properties for application to an inkjet recording device.

即,於將本發明的組成物用於噴墨記錄方法的情況下,考慮到噴出性,較佳為噴出時的溫度下的墨水黏度為100mPa.s以下, 更佳為50mPa.s以下,較佳為以成為所述範圍的方式適宜調整並決定組成比。 That is, in the case where the composition of the present invention is used in an inkjet recording method, in consideration of ejectability, it is preferable that the ink viscosity at the temperature of ejection is 100 mPa. s below, More preferably, 50mPa. s or less, it is preferable to appropriately adjust and determine the composition ratio so as to be in the above range.

再者,25℃(室溫)環境下的組成物的黏度較佳為0.5mPa.s以上、200mPa.s以下,更佳為1mPa.s以上、100mPa.s以下,進而佳為2mPa.s以上、50mPa.s以下。藉由將室溫環境下的黏度設定得高,即便為應用於具有凹凸的基板的情況,亦可防止組成物的滴液,作為其結果,可形成均勻的遮光膜。當25℃環境下的黏度大於200mPa.s時,存在於組成物的搬送(裝置內的液體的輸送狀態)中產生問題的情況。 Furthermore, the viscosity of the composition at 25°C (room temperature) is preferably 0.5 mPa. Above s, 200mPa. s or less, more preferably 1mPa. Above s, 100mPa. s or less, more preferably 2mPa. Above s, 50mPa. s or less. By setting the viscosity in a room temperature environment high, even when it is applied to a substrate having unevenness, dripping of the composition can be prevented, and as a result, a uniform light-shielding film can be formed. When the viscosity at 25℃ is greater than 200mPa. In the case of s, there may be a problem in the transportation of the composition (the transportation state of the liquid in the device).

本發明的組成物的表面張力較佳為20mN/m~40mN/m,更佳為25mN/m~35mN/m。於應用於矽基板或金屬配線表面等的情況下,就抑制滴液的觀點而言,較佳為20mN/m以上,就與基板等的密接性、親和性的觀點而言較佳為35mN/m以下。 The surface tension of the composition of the present invention is preferably 20 mN/m to 40 mN/m, more preferably 25 mN/m to 35 mN/m. When applied to the surface of a silicon substrate or metal wiring, it is preferably 20 mN/m or more from the viewpoint of suppressing dripping, and 35 mN/m from the viewpoint of adhesion and affinity with the substrate, etc. m or less.

[著色層的製造方法] [Method of manufacturing colored layer]

繼而,對本發明的著色層的製造方法(本發明的製造方法)進行說明。 Next, the manufacturing method of the colored layer of this invention (the manufacturing method of this invention) is demonstrated.

本發明的著色層的製造方法為如下的著色層的製造方法,包括:使用所述本發明的組成物形成著色感放射線性組成物層的步驟a;隔著遮罩將所述著色感放射線性組成物層曝光成圖案狀的步驟b;以及對經所述曝光的所述著色感放射線性組成物層進行處理而形成著色層的步驟c,所述步驟c為實施使用包含有機溶劑的顯影液進行處理的步驟c1、及使用鹼性水溶液進行顯影的步驟c2中 的任一步驟,其後實施另一步驟的步驟。 The manufacturing method of the coloring layer of the present invention is the following method for manufacturing the coloring layer, including: forming a coloring radiation composition layer using the composition of the present invention; and radiating the coloring radiation through a mask The step b of exposing the composition layer into a pattern; and the step c of processing the exposed colored radiation-sensitive composition layer to form a colored layer, and the step c is implementing the use of a developer containing an organic solvent In step c1 of processing and step c2 of developing using alkaline aqueous solution Any step of the next step is performed thereafter.

以下,對本發明的製造方法所包括的各步驟進行說明。 Hereinafter, each step included in the manufacturing method of the present invention will be described.

[步驟a] [Step a]

於步驟a中,使用本發明的組成物形成著色感放射線性組成物層。此時,藉由將本發明的組成物塗佈於例如基板等上而形成著色感放射線性組成物層。 In step a, the composition of the present invention is used to form a colored radiation-sensitive composition layer. At this time, by coating the composition of the present invention on, for example, a substrate, a color-sensitive radiation composition layer is formed.

作為基板,例如可列舉:固體攝影元件中所使用的電荷耦合元件(Charge-Coupled Device,CCD)或互補性金屬氧化物半導體(Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor,CMOS)中的光電轉換元件基板或矽基板;液晶顯示裝置等中所使用的無鹼玻璃、鈉玻璃、派熱司(Pyrex)(註冊商標)玻璃、石英玻璃、以及於該些中附著有透明導電膜者等。該些基板亦存在形成有將各畫素隔離的黑色矩陣的情況。 As the substrate, for example, a charge-coupled device (CCD) used in a solid-state imaging device or a photoelectric conversion element substrate or a silicon substrate in a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor, CMOS) can be cited; Alkali-free glass, soda glass, Pyrex (registered trademark) glass, quartz glass used in liquid crystal display devices, etc., and those with a transparent conductive film attached thereto. These substrates may also be formed with black matrices that separate pixels.

另外,為了改良與上部的層的密接、防止物質的擴散或者為了基板表面的平坦化,視需要亦可於該些基板上設置底塗層。 In addition, in order to improve the adhesion with the upper layer, to prevent the diffusion of substances, or to flatten the surface of the substrate, if necessary, an undercoat layer may be provided on these substrates.

作為塗佈本發明的組成物的方法,例如可列舉狹縫塗佈、噴墨法、旋轉塗佈、流延塗佈、輥塗、網版印刷法等各種塗佈方法。 As a method of applying the composition of the present invention, for example, various coating methods such as slit coating, inkjet method, spin coating, cast coating, roll coating, and screen printing methods can be cited.

作為著色感放射線性組成物層的膜厚,較佳為0.1μm~10μm,更佳為0.2μm~5μm,進而佳為0.2μm~3μm The thickness of the colored radiation-sensitive composition layer is preferably 0.1 μm to 10 μm, more preferably 0.2 μm to 5 μm, and still more preferably 0.2 μm to 3 μm

對於著色感放射線性組成物層,視需要亦可實施乾燥(預烘烤),預烘烤可使用加熱板、烘箱等於50℃~140℃的溫度環境下進行10秒~300秒。 For the color-sensitive radiation composition layer, drying (pre-baking) may be implemented as needed. The pre-baking can be performed using a hot plate and an oven at a temperature equal to 50°C to 140°C for 10 seconds to 300 seconds.

[步驟b] [Step b]

於步驟b中,隔著遮罩將在步驟a中形成的著色感放射線性組成物層曝光成圖案狀。此時,例如使用步進機等曝光裝置,隔著具有既定的遮罩圖案的遮罩進行圖案曝光。 In step b, the colored radiation composition layer formed in step a is exposed into a pattern through a mask. At this time, for example, an exposure device such as a stepper is used to perform pattern exposure through a mask having a predetermined mask pattern.

作為可於曝光時使用的放射線(光),尤其可較佳地使用g射線、i射線等紫外線(特佳為i射線)。照射量(曝光量)較佳為30mJ/cm2~1500mJ/cm2,更佳為50mJ/cm2~1000mJ/cm2,進而佳為80mJ/cm2~500mJ/cm2As the radiation (light) that can be used for exposure, ultraviolet rays such as g-rays and i-rays (particularly preferably i-rays) can be preferably used. Irradiation amount (exposure amount) is preferably 30mJ / cm 2 ~ 1500mJ / cm 2, more preferably 50mJ / cm 2 ~ 1000mJ / cm 2, and further is excellent 80mJ / cm 2 ~ 500mJ / cm 2.

[步驟c] [Step c]

步驟c為對在步驟b中經曝光的著色感放射線性組成物層進行處理而形成著色層的步驟,且為實施使用包含有機溶劑的顯影液進行處理的步驟c1、及使用鹼性水溶液進行顯影的步驟c2中的任一步驟,其後實施另一步驟的步驟。 Step c is a step of processing the colored radiation-sensitive composition layer exposed in step b to form a colored layer, and is a step c1 of performing processing using a developer containing an organic solvent, and developing using an alkaline aqueous solution Any step in step c2 of step c2 is followed by another step.

如上所述,藉由使用鹼性水溶液的顯影(鹼顯影),著色感放射線性組成物層的未曝光部溶出至鹼性水溶液中,經光硬化的曝光部作為著色層而殘存。此時,於著色感放射線性組成物層的未曝光部中,鹼可溶性樹脂C以外的疏水性成分並未溶出而有可能成為殘渣,但藉由在鹼顯影的前後進行使用包含有機溶劑的顯影液的處理(為了方便起見亦稱為「有機顯影」),未曝光部的疏水性成分溶出至有機溶劑中,殘渣的產生得到抑制。 As described above, by the development (alkaline development) using an alkaline aqueous solution, the unexposed portion of the colored radiation-sensitive composition layer is eluted into the alkaline aqueous solution, and the light-cured exposed portion remains as a colored layer. At this time, in the unexposed part of the colored radiation-sensitive composition layer, the hydrophobic components other than the alkali-soluble resin C are not eluted and may become residues. However, by performing development containing an organic solvent before and after the alkali development In liquid treatment (also referred to as "organic development" for convenience), the hydrophobic components in the unexposed area are eluted into the organic solvent, and the generation of residue is suppressed.

步驟c1(有機顯影)及步驟c2(鹼顯影)的順序並無特別限定,但於著色感放射線性組成物層中,疏水性成分(例如樹脂E) 容易出現於表面上,因此首先將其去除,就此觀點而言,較佳為首先實施步驟c1然後實施步驟c2。 The order of step c1 (organic development) and step c2 (alkali development) is not particularly limited, but in the coloring radiation-sensitive composition layer, the hydrophobic component (for example, resin E) It is easy to appear on the surface, so it is removed first. From this point of view, it is better to perform step c1 first and then step c2.

<步驟c1(有機顯影)> <Step c1 (Organic Development)>

於步驟c1中,使用包含有機溶劑的顯影液(以下,亦稱為「有機系顯影液」)。 In step c1, a developer containing an organic solvent (hereinafter, also referred to as an "organic developer") is used.

包含有機溶劑的顯影液的蒸氣壓(於混合溶媒的情況下為整體的蒸氣壓)於20℃下較佳為5kPa以下,更佳為3kPa以下,進而佳為2kPa以下。藉由將有機溶劑的蒸氣壓設為5kPa以下,顯影液於基板上或顯影杯內的蒸發得到抑制,晶圓面內的溫度均勻性提高,結果,晶圓面內的尺寸均勻性變佳。 The vapor pressure of the developer containing an organic solvent (in the case of a mixed solvent, the vapor pressure of the whole) is preferably 5 kPa or less at 20°C, more preferably 3 kPa or less, and still more preferably 2 kPa or less. By setting the vapor pressure of the organic solvent to 5 kPa or less, the evaporation of the developer on the substrate or in the developing cup is suppressed, and the temperature uniformity in the wafer surface is improved. As a result, the dimensional uniformity in the wafer surface is improved.

作為有機系顯影液中所含有的有機溶劑,可廣泛使用多種有機溶劑,並無特別限定,例如可列舉酯系溶劑、酮系溶劑、醇系溶劑、醯胺系溶劑、醚系溶劑、烴系溶劑等溶劑。 As the organic solvent contained in the organic developer solution, a wide variety of organic solvents can be used without particular limitation. Examples include ester solvents, ketone solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, ether solvents, and hydrocarbon solvents. Solvents such as solvents.

於本發明中,所謂酯系溶劑,是指於分子內具有酯基的溶劑。 In the present invention, the term "ester-based solvent" refers to a solvent having an ester group in the molecule.

所謂酮系溶劑,是指於分子內具有酮基的溶劑。 The ketone solvent refers to a solvent having a ketone group in the molecule.

所謂醇系溶劑,是指於分子內具有醇性羥基的溶劑。 The alcohol-based solvent means a solvent having an alcoholic hydroxyl group in the molecule.

所謂醯胺系溶劑,是指於分子內具有醯胺基的溶劑。 The term "amide-based solvent" refers to a solvent having an amide group in the molecule.

所謂醚系溶劑,是指於分子內具有醚鍵的溶劑。該些中,亦存在於一分子內具有多種所述官能基的溶劑,該情況下,設為相當於包含該溶劑所具有的官能基的任一溶劑種類。例如,設為二乙二醇單甲醚相當於所述分類中的醇系溶劑及醚系溶劑。 The term "ether-based solvent" refers to a solvent having an ether bond in the molecule. Among these, there are also solvents having multiple types of the functional groups in one molecule, and in this case, it is set to correspond to any solvent type including the functional groups of the solvent. For example, it is assumed that diethylene glycol monomethyl ether corresponds to an alcohol solvent and an ether solvent in the above classification.

所謂烴系溶劑,是指不具有取代基的烴溶劑。 The term "hydrocarbon-based solvent" means a hydrocarbon solvent that does not have a substituent.

以下,對有機溶劑的具體例進行說明。 Hereinafter, specific examples of organic solvents will be described.

作為酮系溶劑,例如可列舉:1-辛酮、2-辛酮、1-壬酮、2-壬酮、丙酮、2-庚酮(甲基戊基酮)、4-庚酮、1-己酮、2-己酮、二異丁基酮、環戊酮、環己酮、甲基環己酮、苯基丙酮、甲基乙基酮、甲基異丁基酮、乙醯基丙酮、丙酮基丙酮、紫羅酮、二丙酮基醇、乙醯基甲醇、苯乙酮、甲基萘基酮、異佛爾酮、碳酸伸丙酯等。 Examples of ketone solvents include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, acetone, 2-heptanone (methylpentyl ketone), 4-heptanone, 1- Hexanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, methylcyclohexanone, phenylacetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, acetone, Acetone acetone, ionone, diacetone alcohol, acetyl methanol, acetophenone, methyl naphthyl ketone, isophorone, propylene carbonate, etc.

作為酯系溶劑,例如可列舉:乙酸甲酯、乙酸丁酯、乙酸乙酯、乙酸異丙酯、乙酸戊酯(pentyl acetate)、乙酸異戊酯(isopentyl acetate)、乙酸戊酯(amyl acetate)、乙酸異戊酯(isoamyl acetate)、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate,PGMEA)、乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單丁醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、乙基-3-乙氧基丙酸酯、3-甲氧基丁基乙酸酯、3-甲基-3-甲氧基丁基乙酸酯、甲酸甲酯、甲酸乙酯、甲酸丁酯、甲酸丙酯、乳酸乙酯、乳酸丁酯、乳酸丙酯、丁酸丁酯、2-羥基異丁酸甲酯、異丁酸異丁酯、丙酸丁酯等。 Examples of ester-based solvents include: methyl acetate, butyl acetate, ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, pentyl acetate, isopentyl acetate, and amyl acetate , Isoamyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA), ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene two Alcohol monoethyl ether acetate, ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, methyl formate, Ethyl formate, butyl formate, propyl formate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, propyl lactate, butyl butyrate, methyl 2-hydroxyisobutyrate, isobutyl isobutyrate, butyl propionate, etc. .

作為醇系溶劑,例如可列舉:甲基醇、乙基醇、正丙基醇、異丙基醇、正丁基醇、第二丁基醇、第三丁基醇、異丁基醇、正己基醇、正庚基醇、正辛基醇、正癸醇等醇;乙二醇、二乙二醇、三乙二醇等二醇系溶劑;乙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單甲醚(別名:1-甲氧基-2-丙醇)、乙二醇單乙醚、丙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇 單甲醚、三乙二醇單乙醚、甲氧基甲基丁醇等二醇醚系溶劑等。 Examples of alcohol-based solvents include methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, n-propyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, n-butyl alcohol, sec-butyl alcohol, tert-butyl alcohol, isobutyl alcohol, and n-hexyl alcohol. Alcohol such as base alcohol, n-heptyl alcohol, n-octyl alcohol, n-decyl alcohol; glycol solvents such as ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol; ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether ( Alias: 1-methoxy-2-propanol), ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol Glycol ether solvents such as monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether, and methoxymethyl butanol.

作為醚系溶劑,例如可列舉:所述二醇醚系溶劑、二噁烷、四氫呋喃等。 Examples of ether solvents include the aforementioned glycol ether solvents, dioxane, and tetrahydrofuran.

作為醯胺系溶劑,例如可使用N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、六甲基磷醯三胺、1,3-二甲基-2-咪唑啶酮等。 As the amide-based solvent, for example, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N,N-dimethylformamide, hexamethylphosphatidylamine, 1,3-Dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, etc.

作為烴系溶劑,例如可列舉甲苯、二甲苯等芳香族烴系溶劑,戊烷、己烷、辛烷、癸烷等脂肪族烴系溶劑。 Examples of the hydrocarbon solvent include aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene and xylene, and aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents such as pentane, hexane, octane, and decane.

於本發明中,作為有機系顯影液,就殘渣的產生更優異的理由而言,較佳為包含選自由酮系溶劑、酯系溶劑、醇系溶劑、醚系溶劑及烴系溶劑所組成的群組中的至少一種溶劑的顯影液,更佳為包含選自由酮系溶劑、酯系溶劑及醚系溶劑所組成的群組中的至少一種溶劑的顯影液。 In the present invention, as an organic developer, it is preferable to include a solvent selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, ether solvents, and hydrocarbon solvents for the reason that the generation of residues is more excellent. The developer containing at least one solvent in the group is more preferably a developer containing at least one solvent selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents, ester solvents, and ether solvents.

再者,有機系顯影液中所含有的有機溶劑較佳為不含1,1,1-三氯乙烷等有機氯化合物(為非有機氯化合物)。其原因在於,因有機氯化合物與著色劑產生作用,而存在所獲得的著色層的耐熱性劣化的情況。 Furthermore, the organic solvent contained in the organic-based developer is preferably free of organic chlorine compounds (non-organic chlorine compounds) such as 1,1,1-trichloroethane. The reason for this is that the heat resistance of the obtained colored layer may be deteriorated due to the action of the organochlorine compound and the coloring agent.

顯影液中所使用的有機溶劑可混合使用多種,亦可與所述以外的溶劑或水混合使用。為了更有效的達成本發明的效果,顯影液整體的含水率較佳為30質量%以下,更佳為未滿10質量%,更佳為實質上不含水分。 The organic solvent used in the developer may be used in combination of multiple types, or may be used in combination with solvents or water other than the above. In order to achieve the effect of the invention more effectively, the moisture content of the entire developer is preferably 30% by mass or less, more preferably less than 10% by mass, and still more preferably substantially free of water.

顯影液中的有機溶劑(於混合多種的情況下為合計)的濃度 較佳為50質量%以上,更佳為70質量%以上,進而佳為95質量%以上,特佳為實質上僅包含有機溶劑的情況。再者,所謂實質上僅包含有機溶劑的情況,設為包括含有微量的界面活性劑、抗氧化劑、鹼性化合物、穩定劑、消泡劑等的情況。 Concentration of organic solvents in the developer (total when multiple types are mixed) It is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 70% by mass or more, still more preferably 95% by mass or more, and particularly preferably when it contains substantially only an organic solvent. In addition, the case where only the organic solvent is contained substantially includes the case where a trace amount of surfactant, antioxidant, basic compound, stabilizer, defoamer, etc. are contained.

包含有機溶劑的顯影液中的有機溶劑亦可使用SP值(Solubility Parameter:溶解度參數)來規定。作為有機溶劑的SP值,例如可使用「聚合物手冊第四版第2卷(POLYMER HANDBOOK FOURTH EDITION Volume2)」的VII/675~714中記載的SP值(更具體而言為表7中記載的SP值)。作為SP值,較佳為15.1~18.9或23.1~42.0,更佳為15.1~18.0或26.0~42.0,進而佳為15.1~17.5或30.0~42.0,特佳為15.7~17.5或30.0~42.0。 The organic solvent in the developer containing the organic solvent may also be specified using the SP value (Solubility Parameter). As the SP value of the organic solvent, for example, the SP value described in VII/675~714 of "Polymer Handbook Fourth Edition Volume 2 (POLYMER HANDBOOK FOURTH EDITION Volume 2)" (more specifically, the SP value described in Table 7 SP value). The SP value is preferably 15.1 to 18.9 or 23.1 to 42.0, more preferably 15.1 to 18.0 or 26.0 to 42.0, still more preferably 15.1 to 17.5 or 30.0 to 42.0, particularly preferably 15.7 to 17.5 or 30.0 to 42.0.

藉由將有機溶劑的SP值設為18.9以下、及23.1以上,可抑制有機溶劑與染料的相容性變得過於良好,從而可防止自硬化部的染料消褪的產生。另外,藉由將有機溶劑的SP值設為15.1以上、及42.0以下,可提高有機溶劑與染料的親和性而使顯影性良好。 By setting the SP value of the organic solvent to 18.9 or less and 23.1 or more, it is possible to prevent the compatibility of the organic solvent and the dye from becoming too good, and it is possible to prevent the generation of dye fading in the self-hardening part. In addition, by setting the SP value of the organic solvent to 15.1 or more and 42.0 or less, the affinity between the organic solvent and the dye can be increased, and the developability can be improved.

另外,藉由將有機溶劑的SP值設為15.7以上,可使未曝光部的顯影性更良好。 In addition, by setting the SP value of the organic solvent to 15.7 or more, the developability of the unexposed part can be made more favorable.

另外,包含有機溶劑的顯影液中亦可含有含氮化合物。作為含氮化合物,例如可參考日本專利特開2013-011833號公報的段落[0042]~段落[0063]的記載,其內容可被編入至本申請案說明 書中。 In addition, the developer containing an organic solvent may contain a nitrogen-containing compound. As the nitrogen-containing compound, for example, the description of paragraph [0042] to paragraph [0063] of JP 2013-011833 A can be referred to, and the content can be incorporated into the description of this application. In the book.

作為處理方法(顯影方法),例如可應用將基板浸於充滿顯影液的槽中一定時間的方法(浸漬法)、藉由利用表面張力將顯影液堆積於基板表面並靜止一定時間而進行顯影的方法(覆液法)、對基板表面噴霧顯影液的方法(噴霧法)、於以一定速度旋轉的基板上一面以一定速度掃描顯影液噴出噴嘴一面持續噴出顯影液的方法(動態分配法)等,特佳為覆液法。 As a processing method (development method), for example, a method of immersing the substrate in a bath filled with developer for a certain period of time (dipping method), and development by depositing the developer on the surface of the substrate using surface tension and standing still for a certain period of time can be used. Method (liquid coating method), method of spraying developer on the surface of the substrate (spray method), method of continuously spraying developer on the surface of the substrate rotating at a certain speed while scanning the developer spray nozzle at a certain speed (dynamic distribution method), etc. , Especially preferred is the liquid covering method.

處理時間(顯影時間)只要為未曝光部的著色層充分溶解的時間則並無特別限制,通常為10秒~300秒。較佳為20秒~120秒。 The processing time (development time) is not particularly limited as long as the coloring layer of the unexposed part is fully dissolved, and it is usually 10 seconds to 300 seconds. It is preferably 20 seconds to 120 seconds.

顯影液的溫度較佳為0℃~50℃,進而佳為15℃~35℃。 The temperature of the developer is preferably 0°C to 50°C, and more preferably 15°C to 35°C.

於本發明的製造方法中,亦可於使用包含有機溶劑的顯影液進行處理之後,使用包含有機溶劑的淋洗液進行清洗。 In the manufacturing method of the present invention, after processing with a developer containing an organic solvent, washing may be performed with an eluent containing an organic solvent.

淋洗液的蒸氣壓(於混合溶媒的情況下為整體的蒸氣壓)於20℃下較佳為0.05kPa以上、5kPa以下,更佳為0.1kPa以上、5kPa以下,進而佳為0.12kPa以上、3kPa以下。藉由將淋洗液的蒸氣壓設為0.05kPa以上、5kPa以下,晶圓面內的溫度均勻性提高,進而由淋洗液的浸透所引起的膨潤得到抑制,晶圓面內的尺寸均勻性變佳。 The vapor pressure of the eluent (in the case of a mixed solvent, the vapor pressure of the whole) at 20°C is preferably 0.05kPa or more and 5kPa or less, more preferably 0.1kPa or more and 5kPa or less, and still more preferably 0.12kPa or more, Below 3kPa. By setting the vapor pressure of the eluent to 0.05kPa or more and 5kPa or less, the temperature uniformity in the wafer surface is improved, and the swelling caused by the penetration of the eluent is suppressed, and the dimensional uniformity in the wafer surface Get better.

作為淋洗液,可使用多種有機溶劑,較佳為使用含有選自烴系溶劑、酮系溶劑、酯系溶劑、醇系溶劑、醯胺系溶劑及醚系溶劑中的至少一種有機溶劑或水的淋洗液。 As the eluent, a variety of organic solvents can be used, preferably containing at least one organic solvent or water selected from the group consisting of hydrocarbon solvents, ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, and ether solvents. Of eluent.

關於淋洗處理,例如可參考日本專利特開2010-217884號公報的段落[0045]~段落[0054],其內容可被編入至本申請案說明書中。 Regarding the rinsing treatment, for example, paragraph [0045] to paragraph [0054] of JP 2010-217884 A can be referred to, and the content can be incorporated into the specification of this application.

<步驟c2(鹼顯影)> <Step c2 (Alkaline Development)>

步驟c2的鹼顯影中的顯影方式可為浸漬方式、噴淋方式、噴霧方式、覆液方式等任一種,亦可使該些方式與擺動方式、旋轉方式、超音波方式等組合。另外,亦可於接觸顯影液之前,預先利用水等潤濕被顯影面,從而防止顯影不均。 The development method in the alkali development in step c2 may be any one of immersion method, spray method, spray method, liquid coating method, etc., and these methods may be combined with swing method, rotation method, ultrasonic method, etc. In addition, it is also possible to wet the surface to be developed with water or the like before contact with the developer solution to prevent uneven development.

作為於步驟c2中使用的顯影液的鹼性水溶液理想的是不對基底的攝影元件及電路等造成損害的有機鹼性顯影液。顯影溫度通常為20℃~30℃,顯影時間例如為20秒~90秒。為了進一步除去殘渣,近年來亦存在實施120秒~180秒的情況。進而,為了進一步提高殘渣去除性,亦存在將如下的步驟重複多次的情況:每隔60秒抖落顯影液,進而重新供給顯影液。 The alkaline aqueous solution as the developer used in the step c2 is preferably an organic alkaline developer that does not damage the photographic elements and circuits of the substrate. The development temperature is usually 20°C to 30°C, and the development time is, for example, 20 seconds to 90 seconds. In order to further remove the residue, in recent years, it has also been carried out for 120 to 180 seconds. Furthermore, in order to further improve the residue removal properties, there are cases where the following steps are repeated multiple times: the developer is shaken off every 60 seconds, and the developer is supplied again.

作為顯影液中使用的鹼劑,例如可列舉氨水、乙胺、二乙胺、二甲基乙醇胺、氫氧化四甲基銨、氫氧化四乙基銨、膽鹼、吡咯、哌啶、1,8-二氮雜雙環[5.4.0]-7-十一烯等有機鹼性化合物,作為顯影液,較佳為使用以濃度變成0.001質量%~10質量%,較佳為變成0.01質量%~1質量%的方式,利用純水對該些鹼劑進行稀釋而成的鹼性水溶液。 As the alkali agent used in the developer, for example, ammonia, ethylamine, diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, choline, pyrrole, piperidine, 1, An organic basic compound such as 8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]-7-undecene, etc., is preferably used as a developer at a concentration of 0.001% to 10% by mass, preferably 0.01% by mass to The 1% by mass method is an alkaline aqueous solution obtained by diluting these alkaline agents with pure water.

再者,於顯影液中亦可使用無機鹼,作為無機鹼,例如較佳為氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、碳酸鈉、碳酸氫鈉、矽酸鈉、偏矽酸鈉 等。 In addition, inorganic bases can also be used in the developer. As inorganic bases, for example, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium silicate, and sodium metasilicate are preferred. Wait.

再者,於使用了包含此種鹼性水溶液的顯影液的情況下,通常於顯影後利用純水進行清洗(淋洗)。 Furthermore, when a developer containing such an alkaline aqueous solution is used, it is usually washed (rinsed) with pure water after development.

於清洗(淋洗)後,繼而,亦可於實施乾燥後進行加熱處理(後烘烤)。後烘烤是用以實現完全硬化的顯影後的加熱處理,且進行通常為100℃~240℃,較佳為200℃~240℃的熱硬化處理。 After washing (rinsing), and then, heat treatment (post-baking) may be performed after drying. Post-baking is a heat treatment after development to achieve complete hardening, and a thermal hardening treatment is usually performed at 100°C to 240°C, preferably 200°C to 240°C.

可使用加熱板、對流烘箱(熱風循環式乾燥機)、及高頻加熱機等加熱手段,以成為所述條件的方式,藉由連續式或分批式來對顯影後的塗佈膜進行該後烘烤處理。 Heating means such as a heating plate, a convection oven (hot air circulation dryer), and a high-frequency heating machine can be used to achieve the above conditions by continuous or batch method to perform the developed coating film. Post-baking treatment.

[著色層(彩色濾光片、遮光膜)] [Colored layer (color filter, shading film)]

藉由本發明的製造方法獲得的圖案狀的著色層(著色圖案)的用途並無特別限定,例如可用作設置於固體攝影元件等中的遮光膜或彩色濾光片。 The use of the pattern-shaped coloring layer (coloring pattern) obtained by the manufacturing method of the present invention is not particularly limited, and it can be used as a light-shielding film or color filter provided in a solid-state imaging device or the like, for example.

例如搭載於數位照相機、帶有照相機的行動電話、或智慧型電話等中的固體攝影裝置包括攝影透鏡、配置於該攝影透鏡的背後的電荷耦合元件(CCD)或互補性金屬氧化膜半導體(CMOS)等固體攝影元件、以及安裝有該固體攝影元件的電路基板。於此種固體攝影裝置中,存在會產生可見光的反射所造成的雜訊的情況。因此,藉由於固體攝影裝置內設置遮光膜而謀求抑制雜訊的產生。於形成遮光膜的情況下,作為本發明的組成物中所含有的著色劑,例如可使用鈦黑等黑色顏料。 For example, a solid-state imaging device mounted in a digital camera, a mobile phone with a camera, or a smart phone includes a photographic lens, a charge-coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal oxide film semiconductor (CMOS) arranged on the back of the photographic lens. ) And other solid-state imaging devices, and circuit boards on which the solid-state imaging devices are mounted. In such a solid-state imaging device, noise caused by the reflection of visible light may be generated. Therefore, by providing a light-shielding film in the solid-state imaging device, the generation of noise is suppressed. When forming a light-shielding film, as a coloring agent contained in the composition of this invention, black pigments, such as titanium black, can be used, for example.

作為固體攝影元件等中不可缺少的構成零件的彩色濾光片形成為包括多個色相的著色區域,通常形成為至少包括紅色、綠色及藍色的著色區域(著色圖案)。此時,作為著色圖案的形成方法,首先於第1色相中,塗佈具有紅色、綠色及藍色的任一種著色劑的著色感放射線性組成物,進行曝光及顯影而形成第1色相的著色圖案後,於第2色相及第3色相中重複進行同樣的處理。 The color filter, which is an indispensable component of a solid-state imaging device, is formed in a colored area including a plurality of hues, and is usually formed in a colored area (colored pattern) including at least red, green, and blue. At this time, as a method of forming a coloring pattern, first, apply a color-sensitive radiation composition with any of red, green, and blue coloring agents to the first hue, and perform exposure and development to form the color of the first hue After patterning, the same process is repeated for the second hue and the third hue.

著色層的厚度並無特別限定,例如於用作遮光膜的情況下,較佳為0.2μm~25μm,更佳為1.0μm~10μm。 The thickness of the colored layer is not particularly limited. For example, when used as a light-shielding film, it is preferably 0.2 μm to 25 μm, more preferably 1.0 μm to 10 μm.

另外,於用於彩色濾光片中的情況下,著色層的厚度例如為2.0μm以下,較佳為1.5μm以下,更佳為0.2μm~1.5μm,進而佳為0.2μm~1.2μm。 In addition, when used in a color filter, the thickness of the colored layer is, for example, 2.0 μm or less, preferably 1.5 μm or less, more preferably 0.2 μm to 1.5 μm, and still more preferably 0.2 μm to 1.2 μm.

再者,作為著色層的圖案寬度,較佳為2.5μm以下,更佳為2.0μm以下,特佳為1.7μm以下。 In addition, the pattern width of the colored layer is preferably 2.5 μm or less, more preferably 2.0 μm or less, and particularly preferably 1.7 μm or less.

[固體攝影元件] [Solid State Photographic Components]

本發明的固體攝影元件包括藉由本發明的製造方法而獲得的著色層(以下,亦稱為「本發明的著色層」)。作為本發明的固體攝影元件的構成,只要是包括本發明的著色層、且作為固體攝影元件發揮功能的構成,則並無特別限定,例如可列舉如下的構成。 The solid-state imaging device of the present invention includes a colored layer obtained by the manufacturing method of the present invention (hereinafter, also referred to as "the colored layer of the present invention"). The structure of the solid-state imaging element of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it includes the colored layer of the present invention and functions as a solid-state imaging element. For example, the following structures can be cited.

該構成如下:於支撐體上具有構成固體攝影元件(CCD影像感測器、CMOS影像感測器等)的光接收區域的多個光二極體及包含多晶矽等的傳送電極,於光二極體及傳送電極上具有僅 對光二極體的光接收部開口的遮光膜,於遮光膜上具有以覆蓋遮光膜的整個面及光二極體光接收部的方式形成的包含氮化矽等的元件保護膜,於元件保護膜上具有彩色濾光片。 The structure is as follows: on a support, there are a plurality of photodiodes that constitute the light receiving area of a solid-state imaging device (CCD image sensor, CMOS image sensor, etc.) and a transmission electrode including polysilicon, etc., in the photodiode and The transmission electrode has only The light-shielding film that opens to the light-receiving part of the photodiode has an element protection film including silicon nitride and the like formed to cover the entire surface of the light-shielding film and the light-receiving part of the photodiode on the light-shielding film. There are color filters on it.

進而,亦可為如下的構成等:於元件保護層上、且於彩色濾光片下(靠近支撐體之側)具有聚光手段(例如微透鏡等;以下相同)的構成,於彩色濾光片上具有聚光手段的構成。 Furthermore, it may also be the following structure: on the element protection layer, and under the color filter (close to the support body) a light condensing means (such as microlens, etc.; the same below), in the color filter The chip has the composition of light-concentrating means.

[圖像顯示裝置] [Image display device]

本發明的著色層可用於液晶顯示裝置及有機電致發光顯示裝置等圖像顯示裝置。 The coloring layer of the present invention can be used in image display devices such as liquid crystal display devices and organic electroluminescence display devices.

關於顯示裝置的定義及各顯示裝置的詳細情況等,於例如「電子顯示元件(佐佐木 昭夫著,工業調查會(Kogyo Chosakai Publishing)(股份)1990年發行)」、「顯示元件(伊吹 順章著,產業圖書(Sangyo Tosho)(股份)1989年發行)」等中有記載。另外,關於液晶顯示裝置,於例如「下一代液晶顯示技術(內田 龍男編輯,工業調查會(股份)1994年發行)」中有記載。可應用本發明的液晶顯示裝置並無特別限制,例如可應用於所述「下一代液晶顯示技術」中所記載的各種方式的液晶顯示裝置。 For the definition of display devices and the details of each display device, for example, "Electronic Display Components (by Akio Sasaki, issued by Kogyo Chosakai Publishing (stock) 1990)", "Display Components (by Jun Akio Ibuki) , Industrial Books (Sangyo Tosho (shares) issued in 1989)" and so on. In addition, the liquid crystal display device is described in, for example, "Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology (Edited by Tatsuo Uchida, issued by the Industrial Research Council (Stock) 1994)". The liquid crystal display device to which the present invention can be applied is not particularly limited. For example, it can be applied to various types of liquid crystal display devices described in the "Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology".

本發明中的彩色濾光片可用於彩色薄膜電晶體(Thin Film Transistor,TFT)方式的液晶顯示裝置。關於彩色TFT方式的液晶顯示裝置,於例如「彩色TFT液晶顯示器(共立出版(股份)1996年發行)」中有記載。進而,本發明亦可應用於共面切換(In Plane Switching,IPS)等橫向電場驅動方式、多域垂直配向 (Multi-domain Vertical Alignment,MVA)等畫素分割方式等的視角被擴大的液晶顯示裝置、超扭轉向列(Super-Twist Nematic,STN)、扭轉向列(Twisted Nematic,TN)、垂直配向(Vertical Alignment,VA)、光學補償傾斜(Optically Compensated Splay,OCS)、邊緣場切換(fringe field switching,FFS)、以及反射光學補償彎曲(Reflective Optically Compensated Bend,R-OCB)等。 The color filter of the present invention can be used in a color thin film transistor (Thin Film Transistor, TFT) type liquid crystal display device. The color TFT liquid crystal display device is described in, for example, "Color TFT Liquid Crystal Display (published by Kyoritsu Publishing Co., Ltd. in 1996)". Furthermore, the present invention can also be applied to lateral electric field driving methods such as In Plane Switching (IPS), and multi-domain vertical alignment (Multi-domain Vertical Alignment, MVA) and other pixel division methods such as liquid crystal display devices with enlarged viewing angles, Super-Twist Nematic (STN), Twisted Nematic (TN), vertical alignment ( Vertical Alignment, VA), Optically Compensated Splay (OCS), fringe field switching (FFS), and Reflective Optically Compensated Bend (R-OCB), etc.

另外,本發明中的彩色濾光片亦可供於明亮且高精細的彩色濾光片陣列(Color-filter On Array,COA)方式。於COA方式的液晶顯示裝置中,對於彩色濾光片的要求特性除如上所述的通常的要求特性以外,有時亦需要對於層間絕緣膜的要求特性,即低介電常數及耐剝離液性。本發明的彩色濾光片因耐光性等優異,因此可提供解析度高且長期耐久性優異的COA方式的液晶顯示裝置。再者,為了滿足低介電常數的要求特性,亦可於彩色濾光片層上設置樹脂被膜。 In addition, the color filter of the present invention can also be used in a bright and high-definition color filter array (COA) method. In the COA-based liquid crystal display device, in addition to the usual required characteristics for color filters as described above, the required characteristics for interlayer insulating films, namely low dielectric constant and resistance to peeling liquid, are sometimes required. . Since the color filter of the present invention is excellent in light resistance and the like, it can provide a COA-type liquid crystal display device with high resolution and excellent long-term durability. Furthermore, in order to meet the required characteristics of low dielectric constant, a resin film may be provided on the color filter layer.

關於該些圖像顯示方式,於例如「電致發光(Electroluminescence,EL)、電漿顯示面板(Plasma Display Panel,PDP)、LCD顯示器-技術與市場的最新動向-(東麗研究中心(Toray Research Center)調查研究部門2001年發行)」的第43頁等中有記載。 Regarding these image display methods, for example, "Electroluminescence (EL), Plasma Display Panel (PDP), LCD display-the latest trends in technology and market-(Toray Research Center) Center) Research and Research Department (issued in 2001)" on page 43 and so on.

本發明的液晶顯示裝置除包含本發明中的彩色濾光片以外,亦包含電極基板、偏光膜、相位差膜、背光源、間隔件、視角保障膜等各種構件。本發明的彩色濾光片可應用於包含該些 公知的構件的液晶顯示裝置中。關於該些構件,於例如「'94液晶顯示器周邊材料.化學品的市場(島 健太郎CMC(股份)1994年發行)」、「2003液晶相關市場的現狀與未來展望(下卷)(表良吉 富士凱美萊總研(Fuji Chimera Research Institute)(股份),2003年發行)」中有記載。 In addition to the color filter of the present invention, the liquid crystal display device of the present invention also includes various components such as electrode substrates, polarizing films, retardation films, backlights, spacers, and viewing angle protection films. The color filter of the present invention can be applied to include these In the liquid crystal display device of a well-known member. Regarding these components, for example, "'94 Liquid Crystal Display Peripheral Materials. Chemical Market (Issued by Shima Kentaro CMC Co., Ltd. in 1994)", "2003 Liquid Crystal Related Market Status and Future Prospects (Volume 2)" (Table Ryoshi Fuji It is recorded in "Fuji Chimera Research Institute (shares), issued in 2003)".

關於背光源,於「資訊顯示學會會議摘要(SID(The Society for Information Display)meeting Digest)」第1380頁(2005)(A.今野(A.Konno)等人)、及「顯示器月刊(Monthly Display)」2005年12月號的第18頁~第24頁(島 康裕)、「顯示器月刊」2005年12月號的第25頁~第30頁(八木隆明)等中有記載。 Regarding the backlight, please refer to the "SID (The Society for Information Display) meeting Digest" page 1380 (2005) (A. Konno et al.), and "Monthly Display" )" December 2005 issue from pages 18 to 24 (Yasuhiro Shima), "Monitor Monthly" December 2005 issue from pages 25 to 30 (Yagi Takaaki) and so on.

[實施例] [Example]

以下,藉由實施例來更具體地說明本發明,但本發明只要不超出其主旨,則並不限定於以下的實施例。再者,只要事先無特別說明,則「份」、「%」為質量基準。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be explained more specifically with examples, but the present invention is not limited to the following examples as long as it does not exceed the gist. In addition, as long as there is no special explanation in advance, "parts" and "%" are the quality standards.

<合成例1:樹脂(E-1)的合成> <Synthesis Example 1: Synthesis of Resin (E-1)>

於氮氣流下,將1-甲氧基-2-丙醇23g加熱至80℃。繼而,歷時3小時滴加甲基丙烯酸1,1,1,3,3,3-六氟異丙酯10g、甲基丙烯酸烯丙酯10g、2,2'-偶氮雙(異丁酸甲酯)2.0g及1-甲氧基-2-丙醇23g的混合溶液,進而,於攪拌2小時後於90℃的環境下加熱2小時。放置冷卻後,滴加至甲醇100mL、離子交換水200mL的混合溶液中,採取所獲得的固體。藉由在減壓下、50℃的環境下對該固體進行24小時乾燥而獲得樹脂(E-1)18.6g。樹脂(E-1) 的重量平均分子量(Mw)為11,000。 Under a nitrogen stream, 23 g of 1-methoxy-2-propanol was heated to 80°C. Then, 10g of 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoroisopropyl methacrylate, 10g of allyl methacrylate, 2,2'-azobis(methyl isobutyrate) were added dropwise over 3 hours. Ester) A mixed solution of 2.0 g and 23 g of 1-methoxy-2-propanol was further heated in an environment of 90°C for 2 hours after stirring for 2 hours. After being left to cool, it was added dropwise to a mixed solution of 100 mL of methanol and 200 mL of ion-exchange water, and the obtained solid was collected. 18.6 g of resin (E-1) was obtained by drying this solid under a reduced pressure and an environment of 50°C for 24 hours. Resin (E-1) The weight average molecular weight (Mw) is 11,000.

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0170-104
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0170-104

<合成例2~合成例7:樹脂(E-2)~樹脂(E-7)的合成> <Synthesis example 2~Synthesis example 7: Synthesis of resin (E-2)~resin (E-7)>

藉由進行與合成例1同樣的操作而獲得樹脂(E-2)~樹脂(E-7)。 Resin (E-2) to resin (E-7) were obtained by performing the same operation as in Synthesis Example 1.

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0170-105
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0170-105

<合成例8:樹脂(E-8)的合成> <Synthesis Example 8: Synthesis of Resin (E-8)>

於氮氣流下,將1-甲氧基-2-丙醇23g加熱至80℃。繼而,歷時3小時滴加甲基丙烯酸1,1,1,3,3,3-六氟異丙酯10g、甲基丙烯酸3.8g、2,2'-偶氮雙(異丁酸甲酯)1.5g及1-甲氧基-2-丙醇23g的混合溶液,進而,於攪拌2小時後於90℃的環境下加熱2小時。繼而,添加溴化四丁基銨0.1g、甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯7.2g、對甲氧基苯酚0.05g,於空氣氣氛下、100℃的環境下進行24小時加熱。藉由酸價測定確認到酸基已消失。放置冷卻後,滴加至甲醇100mL、離子交換水200mL的混合溶液中,採取所獲得的固體。藉由在減壓下、50℃的環境下對該固體進行24小時乾燥而獲得樹脂(E-8),樹脂(E-8)的重量平均分子量(Mw)為13,000。 Under a nitrogen stream, 23 g of 1-methoxy-2-propanol was heated to 80°C. Then, 10 g of 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoroisopropyl methacrylate, 3.8 g of methacrylic acid, and 2,2'-azobis(methyl isobutyrate) were added dropwise over 3 hours A mixed solution of 1.5 g and 23 g of 1-methoxy-2-propanol was further heated for 2 hours in an environment of 90° C. after stirring for 2 hours. Next, 0.1 g of tetrabutylammonium bromide, 7.2 g of glycidyl methacrylate, and 0.05 g of p-methoxyphenol were added, and heating was performed in an air atmosphere at 100°C for 24 hours. It was confirmed by the acid value measurement that the acid group had disappeared. After being left to cool, it was added dropwise to a mixed solution of 100 mL of methanol and 200 mL of ion-exchange water, and the obtained solid was collected. The resin (E-8) was obtained by drying the solid under a reduced pressure at 50°C for 24 hours, and the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin (E-8) was 13,000.

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0171-106
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0171-106

<合成例9:樹脂(E-9)的合成> <Synthesis Example 9: Synthesis of Resin (E-9)>

於氮氣流下,將1-甲氧基-2-丙醇23g加熱至80℃。繼而,歷時3小時滴加甲基丙烯酸1,1,1,3,3,3-六氟異丙酯10g、甲基丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯4.6g、2,2'-偶氮雙(異丁酸甲酯)1.0g及1-甲氧基-2-丙醇23g的混合溶液,進而,於攪拌2小時後於90℃的環境下加熱2小時。繼而,添加尼奧斯坦(Neostann)U-600(日東化成(股份))0.1g、甲基丙烯酸2-異氰酸乙酯5.7g、對甲氧基苯酚0.05g,於氮氣氣氛下、80℃的環境下進行24小時加熱。藉由核磁共振(nuclear magnetic resonance,NMR)測定確認到異氰酸酯基的消失。放置冷卻後,滴加至甲醇100mL、離子交換水200mL的混合溶液中,採取所獲得的固體,藉此獲得樹脂(E-9)17.9g。樹脂(E-9)的重量平均分子量(Mw)為16,000。 Under a nitrogen stream, 23 g of 1-methoxy-2-propanol was heated to 80°C. Then, 10 g of 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoroisopropyl methacrylate, 4.6 g of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 2,2'-azobis(isopropyl methacrylate) were added dropwise over 3 hours. A mixed solution of 1.0 g of methyl butyrate and 23 g of 1-methoxy-2-propanol was further heated for 2 hours in an environment of 90°C after stirring for 2 hours. Then, 0.1 g of Neostann U-600 (Nitto Chemicals Co., Ltd.), 5.7 g of ethyl 2-isocyanate methacrylate, and 0.05 g of p-methoxyphenol were added, and the mixture was placed at 80°C under a nitrogen atmosphere. It is heated for 24 hours under the environment. The disappearance of isocyanate groups was confirmed by nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) measurement. After being left to cool, it was added dropwise to a mixed solution of 100 mL of methanol and 200 mL of ion-exchanged water, and the obtained solid was collected to obtain 17.9 g of resin (E-9). The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin (E-9) was 16,000.

[化102]

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0173-107
[化102]
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0173-107

將所合成的樹脂(E-1)~樹脂(E-9)的重量平均分子量(Mw)匯總示於下述表1中。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the synthesized resin (E-1) to resin (E-9) is collectively shown in Table 1 below.

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0173-108
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0173-108

<顏料分散液的製備> <Preparation of Pigment Dispersion>

依照下述表2,利用珠磨機(氧化鋯珠,直徑為0.3mm),對包含顏料40份、顏料衍生物5份、高分子分散劑的丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯溶液60份(固體換算為18份)、及丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯300份的混合液進行3小時混合.分散而製備顏料分散液。 According to the following table 2, using a bead mill (zirconia beads, 0.3mm in diameter), 60 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate solution (solid) containing 40 parts of pigment, 5 parts of pigment derivative, and polymer dispersant Converted to 18 parts) and 300 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate mixed solution for 3 hours. Disperse to prepare a pigment dispersion.

再者,於併用兩種顏料的情況下,質量比設為70/30。 In addition, when two types of pigments are used in combination, the mass ratio is set to 70/30.

另外,作為顏料衍生物,使用下述顏料衍生物A,且作為高分子分散劑,使用下述高分子分散劑A。 In addition, as the pigment derivative, the following pigment derivative A was used, and as the polymer dispersant, the following polymer dispersant A was used.

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0174-109
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0174-109

[化104]

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0175-110
[化104]
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0175-110

再者,下述表2中的PR254、PG36、PG58、PY139、PB15:6、PV23分別表示C.I.顏料紅254、C.I.顏料綠36、C.I.顏料綠58、C.I.顏料黃139、C.I.顏料藍15:6、C.I.顏料紫23。 In addition, PR254, PG36, PG58, PY139, PB15: 6, PV23 in the following Table 2 respectively represent CI Pigment Red 254, CI Pigment Green 36, CI Pigment Green 58, CI Pigment Yellow 139, CI Pigment Blue 15: 6 , CI Pigment Violet 23.

另外,作為鈦黑,使用三菱材料公司製造的13M-T,作為碳黑,使用德固賽(Degussa)公司製造的尼派克斯(Nipex)35。 In addition, as titanium black, 13M-T manufactured by Mitsubishi Materials Corporation was used, and as carbon black, Nipex 35 manufactured by Degussa was used.

<底塗層用抗蝕液的組成> <Composition of resist solution for primer layer>

將下述組成的成分混合並溶解,而製備底塗層用抗蝕液。 The components of the following composition are mixed and dissolved to prepare a resist solution for undercoat layer.

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0175-111
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0175-111
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0176-123
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0176-123

<帶有底塗層的矽晶圓基板的製作> <Production of silicon wafer substrate with primer>

於烘箱中以200℃對6吋的矽晶圓進行30分鐘加熱處理。繼而,將所述底塗層用抗蝕液以乾燥膜厚變成1.5μm的方式塗佈於該矽晶圓上,進而於220℃的烘箱中進行1小時加熱乾燥而形成底塗層,從而獲得帶有底塗層的矽晶圓基板。 Heat a 6-inch silicon wafer in an oven at 200°C for 30 minutes. Then, the resist solution for the primer layer was coated on the silicon wafer so that the dry film thickness became 1.5 μm, and then heated and dried in an oven at 220°C for 1 hour to form the primer layer, thereby obtaining Silicon wafer substrate with primer.

<著色感放射線性組成物(實施例1~實施例20、比較例1的組成物)的製備> <Preparation of colored radiation-sensitive composition (compositions of Examples 1 to 20, and Comparative Example 1)>

將下述的各成分混合後分散、溶解,使用0.45μm尼龍過濾器進行過濾,藉此獲得實施例1~實施例20、比較例1的各組成物。 The following components were mixed, dispersed and dissolved, and filtered using a 0.45 μm nylon filter, thereby obtaining the respective compositions of Examples 1 to 20 and Comparative Example 1.

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0176-113
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0176-113
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0177-114
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0177-114

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0177-115
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0177-115

下述(I-1)為IRGACURE(註冊商標)-OXE01,下述(I-2)為IRGACURE(註冊商標)-OXE02,下述(I-3)為IRGACURE(註冊商標)-379,下述(I-4)為DAROCUR(註冊商標)-TPO(以上均為巴斯夫公司製造)。 The following (I-1) is IRGACURE (registered trademark)-OXE01, the following (I-2) is IRGACURE (registered trademark)-OXE02, the following (I-3) is IRGACURE (registered trademark)-379, the following (I-4) is DAROCUR (registered trademark)-TPO (all the above are made by BASF).

[化106]

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0178-116
[化106]
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0178-116

[化107]

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0179-117
[化107]
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0179-117

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0179-118
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0179-118

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0179-119
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0179-119

<染料(A)的合成> <Synthesis of Dye (A)>

藉由日本專利特開2014-199436號公報中記載的方法,合成 由下述式所表示的染料(A)。 Synthesized by the method described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2014-199436 Dye (A) represented by the following formula.

酸價=1.01mmol/g Acid value=1.01mmol/g

a/b/c/d=36/12/32/20(mol%) a/b/c/d=36/12/32/20(mol%)

n=2 n=2

Mw=13,000 Mw=13,000

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0180-120
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0180-120

<染料(B)的合成> <Synthesis of Dye (B)>

首先,依照日本專利特開2000-162429號公報的合成例1合成由下述式(b)所表示的化合物。繼而,將由下述式(b)所表示的化合物6.0g(10mmol)添加至二氯甲烷50mL、水10mL中並進行攪拌。繼而,添加鉀=雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺3.19g(10mmol),並進行2小時攪拌。其後,去除水層,並對二氯甲烷層進行濃縮,藉此獲得由下述式(B)所表示的染料(B)8.2g。 First, the compound represented by the following formula (b) was synthesized in accordance with Synthesis Example 1 of JP 2000-162429 A. Then, 6.0 g (10 mmol) of the compound represented by the following formula (b) was added to 50 mL of dichloromethane and 10 mL of water, and stirred. Then, 3.19 g (10 mmol) of potassium=bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imidine was added, and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours. After that, the water layer was removed, and the methylene chloride layer was concentrated to obtain 8.2 g of the dye (B) represented by the following formula (B).

[化111]

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0181-121
[化111]
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0181-121

<著色層(著色圖案)的製作> <Production of colored layer (coloring pattern)>

將以上所製備的實施例及比較例的各組成物塗佈於之前所製作的帶有底塗層的矽晶圓基板的底塗層上,而形成著色感放射線性組成物層。然後,使用100℃的加熱板,以該著色感放射線性組成物層的乾燥膜厚變成0.6μm的方式進行120秒加熱處理(預烘烤)。 The compositions of the above-prepared examples and comparative examples were coated on the primer layer of the silicon wafer substrate with primer layer prepared before to form a color-sensitive radiation composition layer. Then, using a hot plate at 100° C., heat treatment (pre-baking) was performed for 120 seconds so that the dry film thickness of the colored radiation-sensitive composition layer became 0.6 μm.

繼而,使用i射線步進式曝光裝置FPA-3000i5+(佳能(Canon)製造),於365nm的波長下,透過圖案為各邊1.0μm的正方形的島(Island)圖案遮罩,以50mJ/cm2~1200mJ/cm2的多種曝光量進行曝光。 Then, using the i-ray stepping exposure device FPA-3000i5+ (manufactured by Canon), at a wavelength of 365nm, the transmission pattern is a square island pattern mask with a 1.0μm side on each side, with a 50mJ/cm 2 Exposure at various exposure levels of ~1200mJ/cm 2 .

其後,將形成有經曝光的著色感放射線性組成物層的矽晶圓基板載置於旋轉.噴淋顯影機(DW-30型,科維高電子(Chemitronics)製造)的水平旋轉台上,使用下述表2中記載的有機溶劑於23℃下進行60秒覆液顯影。再者,於未使用有機溶劑進行處理(顯影)的情況下,於下述表2的有機溶劑的項目中記 載為「-」(以下相同)。繼而,使用CD-2000(富士軟片電子材料製造)於23℃的環境下進行60秒覆液顯影,而於矽晶圓基板上形成著色圖案。 After that, the silicon wafer substrate on which the exposed color-sensitive radiation composition layer is formed is placed on the rotation. On the horizontal rotating table of a spray developing machine (Model DW-30, manufactured by Chemitronics), the organic solvent described in Table 2 below was used to perform liquid-covering development at 23°C for 60 seconds. In addition, when no organic solvent is used for processing (development), enter it in the organic solvent item in Table 2 below Set as "-" (the same below). Then, CD-2000 (manufactured by Fujifilm Electronic Materials) was used for 60 seconds of liquid coating and development at 23°C to form a colored pattern on the silicon wafer substrate.

藉由真空夾盤方式來將形成有著色圖案的矽晶圓固定於所述水平旋轉台上,利用旋轉裝置以50r.p.m.的轉速使所述矽晶圓基板旋轉,並自其旋轉中心的上方,自噴射噴嘴呈噴淋狀地供給純水來進行淋洗處理,其後進行噴霧乾燥。 The silicon wafer with the colored pattern is fixed on the horizontal rotating table by a vacuum chuck method, and the silicon wafer substrate is rotated at a speed of 50 rpm by a rotating device, and from above the center of rotation , Pure water is supplied in a spray form from a spray nozzle to perform a rinsing treatment, and then spray drying is performed.

藉由以上方式,而製作具有由實施例或比較例的著色感放射線性組成物形成的著色圖案的單色的彩色濾光片。 In the above manner, a monochromatic color filter having a coloring pattern formed by the coloring radiation composition of the embodiment or the comparative example is produced.

其後,使用測長SEM(scanning electron microscope)「S-9260A」(日立先端科技(Hitachi High-Technologies)製造),測定著色圖案的尺寸。將圖案尺寸變成1.0μm的曝光量設為最佳曝光量。 After that, a length measuring SEM (scanning electron microscope) "S-9260A" (manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies) was used to measure the size of the colored pattern. The exposure amount at which the pattern size becomes 1.0 μm is set as the optimal exposure amount.

<評價> <evaluation>

進行於以下說明的評價。將結果示於下述表2中。 The evaluation described below was performed. The results are shown in Table 2 below.

(殘渣) (Residue)

使用掃描式電子顯微鏡(SEM)(倍率為10000倍)觀察著色圖案的形成區域外(未曝光部)的20處部位,對殘渣進行計數。殘渣數量越少則越佳,表示顯影性越良好。 Using a scanning electron microscope (SEM) (magnification: 10000 times), 20 locations outside the formation area (unexposed portion) of the colored pattern were observed, and the residue was counted. The smaller the number of residues, the better, indicating that the developability is better.

(圖案直線性) (Pattern linearity)

使用掃描式電子顯微鏡(倍率為10000倍)觀察著色圖案的20處部位,基於下述基準評價圖案直線性。若為A或B,則可評 價為殘渣的產生所造成的圖案直線性的劣化得到抑制。 Using a scanning electron microscope (magnification: 10000 times), 20 locations of the colored pattern were observed, and the linearity of the pattern was evaluated based on the following criteria. If it is A or B, it can be evaluated The deterioration of the linearity of the pattern caused by the generation of residues is suppressed.

A:直線性良好地形成線寬為1.0μm的圖案。 A: A pattern with a line width of 1.0 μm is formed with good linearity.

B:於線寬為1.0μm的圖案中觀測到空隙,但為實用上無問題的水準。 B: A void was observed in a pattern with a line width of 1.0 μm, but it was at a level with no practical problems.

C:於線寬為1.0μm的圖案中觀測到空隙,直線性差。 C: A void is observed in a pattern with a line width of 1.0 μm, and the linearity is poor.

(表面粗糙度) (Surface roughness)

與所述同樣地於帶有底塗層的矽晶圓的底塗層上進行塗佈而形成乾燥膜厚為1μm的著色感放射線性組成物層,然後對基板的整個面以200mJ/cm2(照度為20mW/cm2)進行曝光。 In the same manner as described above, apply the primer layer on the primer layer of the silicon wafer with the primer layer to form a color-sensitive radiation composition layer with a dry film thickness of 1 μm, and then apply 200 mJ/cm 2 to the entire surface of the substrate. (Illumination is 20mW/cm 2 ) for exposure.

其後,將形成有經曝光的著色感放射線性組成物層的矽晶圓基板載置於旋轉.噴淋顯影機(DW-30型,科維高電子製造)的水平旋轉台上,使用表2中記載的有機溶劑於23℃下進行60秒覆液顯影。繼而,使用CD-2000(富士軟片電子材料製造)於23℃的環境下進行60秒覆液顯影,其後,於200℃的環境下乾燥5分鐘。使用原子力顯微鏡(Atomic Force Microscope,AFM)(數位儀器(Digital Instruments)公司製造,奈米範圍(Nano Scope)),以下述條件對所獲得的著色層的表面粗糙度(Ra)進行測定(單位:nm)。著色層的表面粗糙度Ra的值越小,則越能評價為殘渣的產生得到抑制。 After that, the silicon wafer substrate on which the exposed color-sensitive radiation composition layer is formed is placed on the rotation. On the horizontal rotating table of the spray developing machine (Model DW-30, manufactured by Kewei High Electronics), the organic solvent described in Table 2 was used for 60 seconds of liquid coating development at 23°C. Then, a CD-2000 (manufactured by Fujifilm Electronic Materials) was used for 60 seconds of liquid coating development in an environment of 23°C, and thereafter, it was dried for 5 minutes in an environment of 200°C. Using an Atomic Force Microscope (AFM) (manufactured by Digital Instruments, Nano Scope), the surface roughness (Ra) of the obtained colored layer was measured under the following conditions (unit: nm). The smaller the value of the surface roughness Ra of the colored layer, the more it can be evaluated that the generation of residue is suppressed.

-測定條件- -Measurement conditions-

.測定區域:10μm見方 . Measuring area: 10μm square

.掃描速率(Scan Rate):1Hz . Scan Rate: 1Hz

(缺陷) (defect)

關於形成有已測定表面粗糙度的著色層的基板,使用缺陷評價裝置卡馬仕(ComPLUS)(應用材料(Applied Materials)公司製造)對大小為2.0μm以上的異物進行計數。該值越小,則越能評價為殘渣的產生得到抑制。 Regarding the substrate on which the coloring layer whose surface roughness has been measured is formed, a defect evaluation device ComPLUS (manufactured by Applied Materials) was used to count foreign objects with a size of 2.0 μm or more. The smaller the value, the more it can be evaluated that the generation of residue is suppressed.

(耐熱性) (Heat resistance)

於玻璃基板上,以乾燥膜厚變為0.6μm的方式塗佈所獲得的所述著色感放射線性組成物,且以於所述基板面(未塗佈著色感放射線性組成物之側的面)中相接的方式載置於260℃的加熱板上而進行1小時加熱後,利用色度計MCPD-1000(大塚電子製造)測定加熱前後的色差(△E*ab值)而評價耐熱性。關於△E*ab值,值小者表示耐熱性良好。 On a glass substrate, the obtained colored radiation-sensitive composition is coated so that the dry film thickness becomes 0.6 μm, and the surface of the substrate (the surface on the side where the colored radiation-sensitive composition is not coated ) Placed on a hot plate at 260°C and heated for 1 hour in a contacting manner, and then measured the color difference (△E*ab value) before and after heating with a colorimeter MCPD-1000 (manufactured by Otsuka Electronics) to evaluate the heat resistance . Regarding the ΔE*ab value, a smaller value indicates good heat resistance.

(反射率) (Reflectivity)

對於形成有已測定表面粗糙度的著色層的基板,將入射角設為5度而入射400nm~700nm的光,並藉由日立先端科技製造的分光器UV4100測定其反射率(單位:%)。反射率的值越小,則越能評價為實現了著色層的低反射化。 For the substrate with the coloring layer whose surface roughness has been measured, the incident angle is set to 5 degrees and the light is incident from 400nm to 700nm, and the reflectance (unit: %) is measured by the UV4100 spectroscope manufactured by Hitachi Advanced Technology. The smaller the reflectance value, the more it can be evaluated that the low reflectance of the colored layer is achieved.

[表2]

Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0185-122
[Table 2]
Figure 105125996-A0305-02-0185-122

如根據所述表2中示出的結果所明確般,可知與未進行使用有機溶劑的處理的比較例1相比,進行了使用有機溶劑的處理的實施例1~實施例20的殘渣的產生得到了抑制。 As is clear from the results shown in Table 2 above, it can be seen that the residues of Examples 1 to 20 that were treated with an organic solvent were generated in comparison with Comparative Example 1 where the treatment with an organic solvent was not performed. It was suppressed.

另外,若對實施例1~實施例20進行對比,則相比於使用乙二醇或癸烷作為有機溶劑的實施例6、實施例7、實施例12及實施例13,使用PGMEA、環己酮、環戊酮、1-甲氧基-2-丙醇、甲基乙基酮、或乙酸丁酯作為有機溶劑的實施例1~實施例5、實施例8~實施例11、實施例14~實施例20的殘渣的產生進一步得到了抑制。 In addition, when comparing Examples 1 to 20, compared to Example 6, Example 7, Example 12, and Example 13 using ethylene glycol or decane as the organic solvent, PGMEA and cyclohexane are used. Example 1 to Example 5, Example 8 to Example 11, and Example 14 in which ketone, cyclopentanone, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, methyl ethyl ketone, or butyl acetate are used as organic solvents ~The generation of residue in Example 20 was further suppressed.

另外,若對實施例1~實施例20進行對比,則相比於未使用樹脂E的實施例1~實施例8,使用了樹脂E的實施例9~實施例20的著色層經低反射化。 In addition, when comparing Examples 1 to 20, the colored layers of Examples 9 to 20 using Resin E are reduced in reflectance compared to Examples 1 to 8 where resin E is not used. .

再者,若對實施例9~實施例20進行對比,則相比於使用樹脂(E-2)~樹脂(E-4)作為樹脂E的實施例10~實施例12,使用了其他樹脂E的實施例進一步經低反射化,尤其使用了樹脂(E-8)、樹脂(E-9)或Megafac RS-72-K的實施例16~實施例20進一步經低反射化。 In addition, if comparing Example 9 to Example 20, compared to Example 10 to Example 12 using resin (E-2) to resin (E-4) as resin E, other resin E is used The embodiment of is further low-reflective, especially the resin (E-8), resin (E-9) or the embodiment 16-20 of the Megafac RS-72-K is further low-reflective.

(實施例18-1) (Example 18-1)

除改變有機顯影與使用CD-2000的鹼顯影的順序以外,與實施例18同樣地進行顯影。其結果,顯影速度稍慢,但藉由將覆液時間設為90秒,可達成與實施例18同等的殘渣程度。 The development was performed in the same manner as in Example 18, except that the order of organic development and alkaline development using CD-2000 was changed. As a result, the development speed was slightly slow, but by setting the coating time to 90 seconds, the degree of residue equivalent to that of Example 18 was achieved.

(實施例18-2) (Example 18-2)

除將顯影處理中使用的有機溶劑自1-甲氧基-2-丙醇變為1-甲氧基-2-丙醇與環己酮的混合溶劑(質量比為1比1)以外,與實施例18同樣地進行評價,結果獲得了與實施例18同等的評價結果。 In addition to changing the organic solvent used in the development process from 1-methoxy-2-propanol to a mixed solvent of 1-methoxy-2-propanol and cyclohexanone (the mass ratio is 1:1), and Example 18 was evaluated in the same manner, and as a result, an evaluation result equivalent to that of Example 18 was obtained.

(比較例2) (Comparative example 2)

除未進行使用CD-2000的鹼顯影處理以外,與實施例18同樣地進行顯影。其結果,殘渣為100以上,圖案直線性為C,表面粗糙度為50nm以上,缺陷為2000個以上,耐熱性為4.0,且反射率為15%。 The development was performed in the same manner as in Example 18 except that the alkali development treatment using CD-2000 was not performed. As a result, the residue was 100 or more, the pattern linearity was C, the surface roughness was 50 nm or more, the defects were 2000 or more, the heat resistance was 4.0, and the reflectance was 15%.

Claims (4)

一種著色層的製造方法,其包括:使用含有著色劑A、聚合性化合物B、鹼可溶性樹脂C、及光聚合起始劑D的著色感放射線性組成物形成著色感放射線性組成物層的步驟a;隔著遮罩將所述著色感放射線性組成物層曝光成圖案狀的步驟b;以及對經所述曝光的所述著色感放射線性組成物層進行處理而形成著色層的步驟c,所述步驟c為實施使用包含50質量%以上的有機溶劑的顯影液進行處理的步驟c1、及使用鹼性水溶液進行顯影的步驟c2中的任一步驟,其後實施另一步驟的步驟。 A method for manufacturing a coloring layer, comprising: forming a coloring radiation composition layer using a coloring radiation composition containing a colorant A, a polymerizable compound B, an alkali-soluble resin C, and a photopolymerization initiator D a; Step b of exposing the colored radiation-sensitive composition layer into a pattern through a mask; and step c of processing the exposed colored radiation-sensitive composition layer to form a colored layer, The step c is a step of implementing any one of step c1 of processing using a developer containing 50% by mass or more of an organic solvent, and step c2 of developing using an alkaline aqueous solution, and then implementing another step. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的著色層的製造方法,其中所述顯影液包含95質量%以上的有機溶劑。 The method for manufacturing a coloring layer as described in the first item of the scope of patent application, wherein the developer contains 95% by mass or more of an organic solvent. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色層的製造方法,其中所述著色感放射線性組成物更含有具有由下述通式(1)所表示的基的樹脂E,*-X1-Y…(1)通式(1)中,X1表示單鍵或二價的連結基;Y表示烷基或矽烷基;*表示鍵結位置。 The method for producing a colored layer as described in item 1 or item 2 of the scope of patent application, wherein the colored radiation-sensitive composition further contains a resin E having a group represented by the following general formula (1), *- X 1 -Y...(1) In the general formula (1), X 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group; Y represents an alkyl group or a silyl group; * represents a bonding position. 如申請專利範圍第3項所述的著色層的製造方法,其中所述樹脂E更具有由下述通式(2)所表示的基,*-X2-Z…(2)通式(2)中,X2表示單鍵或二價的連結基;Z表示選自由(甲基)丙烯醯基、烯丙基、乙烯基、氧雜環丁基、環氧基、及羥基甲基胺基所組成的群組中的至少一種基;*表示鍵結位置。 The method for producing a colored layer as described in item 3 of the scope of patent application, wherein the resin E further has a group represented by the following general formula (2), *-X 2 -Z...(2) general formula (2) ), X 2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group; Z represents a group selected from (meth)acrylic, allyl, vinyl, oxetanyl, epoxy, and hydroxymethylamino groups At least one group in the group; * indicates the bonding position.
TW105125996A 2015-08-31 2016-08-16 Method for manufacturing colored layer, color filter, light-shielding film, solid state imaging device, and image display device TWI699618B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2015-171586 2015-08-31
JP2015171586 2015-08-31

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201708955A TW201708955A (en) 2017-03-01
TWI699618B true TWI699618B (en) 2020-07-21

Family

ID=58188897

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW105125996A TWI699618B (en) 2015-08-31 2016-08-16 Method for manufacturing colored layer, color filter, light-shielding film, solid state imaging device, and image display device

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6476302B2 (en)
KR (1) KR102079525B1 (en)
TW (1) TWI699618B (en)
WO (1) WO2017038339A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP7239895B2 (en) * 2017-04-21 2023-03-15 日産化学株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition
WO2018194169A1 (en) * 2017-04-21 2018-10-25 日産化学株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition
JP7090628B2 (en) * 2017-09-20 2022-06-24 富士フイルム株式会社 Coloring composition, cured film, pattern forming method, color filter, solid-state image sensor and image display device
KR102456394B1 (en) * 2018-03-20 2022-10-19 동우 화인켐 주식회사 Green colored photosensitive resin composition and color filter comprising the same
CN111902775B (en) 2018-04-19 2024-01-02 富士胶片株式会社 Pattern, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, method for manufacturing image display device, photocurable composition, and film
CN112739726B (en) * 2018-09-26 2023-09-19 富士胶片株式会社 Coloring composition, method for forming cured film, method for manufacturing color filter, and method for manufacturing display device
JPWO2020202329A1 (en) * 2019-03-29 2021-10-28 昭和電工マテリアルズ株式会社 Method for manufacturing photosensitive resin composition, cured product, photosensitive element, and resist pattern
CN113993922A (en) * 2019-07-22 2022-01-28 三菱化学株式会社 Photosensitive colored resin composition, cured product, partition wall, and image display device
WO2021125160A1 (en) * 2019-12-20 2021-06-24 三菱ケミカル株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, partition wall, organic electroluminescent element and image display device
WO2022107469A1 (en) 2020-11-17 2022-05-27 株式会社Adeka Method for producing colored layer, agent, and layered body
CN115207003A (en) * 2021-04-09 2022-10-18 和鑫光电股份有限公司 Light sensing unit of light sensing device
KR102352657B1 (en) * 2021-07-19 2022-01-18 동우 화인켐 주식회사 Antireflection Film and Organic Light Emitting Display Device
WO2024053662A1 (en) * 2022-09-07 2024-03-14 富士フイルム株式会社 Light absorption filter, optical filter and method for producing same, organic electroluminescent display device, inorganic electroluminescent display device, and liquid crystal display device

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20060275676A1 (en) * 2005-06-03 2006-12-07 Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. Pigment-containing heat-curable composition, color filter, image-recording material, and method of producing color filter
TW201127812A (en) * 2009-09-14 2011-08-16 Fujifilm Corp Photopolymerizable composition, color filter and method of producing the same, solid-state image pick-up device, liquid crystal display, planographic printing plate, and novel compound
JP2013080003A (en) * 2011-09-30 2013-05-02 Fujifilm Corp Original plate for lithographic printing plate and method for manufacturing lithographic printing plate
WO2014132703A1 (en) * 2013-02-28 2014-09-04 富士フイルム株式会社 Pattern formation method, electron-beam-sensitive or extreme-ultraviolet-sensitive resin composition and resist film using same, method for manufacturing electronic device, and electronic device
TW201516583A (en) * 2013-10-23 2015-05-01 Fujifilm Corp Pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method, and electronic device

Family Cites Families (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS63147163A (en) * 1986-12-11 1988-06-20 Dainippon Ink & Chem Inc Developing method for negative type photoresist
JPH04194943A (en) * 1990-11-27 1992-07-14 Sanyo Chem Ind Ltd Colored picture forming material and formation of colored picture
JPH11352701A (en) * 1998-06-09 1999-12-24 Nippon Zeon Co Ltd Rinsing liquid for photosensitive polyimide resin, and pattern forming method
JP2003131378A (en) * 2001-10-22 2003-05-09 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Photosensitive resin composition, transfer material, method for forming image, color filter, method for manufacturing the same, photomask and method for manufacturing the same
JP2003255119A (en) * 2002-02-28 2003-09-10 Dainippon Ink & Chem Inc Color filter
JP4581325B2 (en) * 2002-12-25 2010-11-17 日産自動車株式会社 Fuel cell
JP4378163B2 (en) * 2003-12-16 2009-12-02 東洋インキ製造株式会社 Blue coloring composition for color filter and color filter
JP2007254510A (en) * 2006-03-20 2007-10-04 Fujifilm Corp Liquid detergent
JP2009031713A (en) * 2006-09-27 2009-02-12 Fujifilm Corp Dipyrromethene-based boron complex compound and its tautomer, colored photosensitive curing composition, color filter, and method for producing the same
JP2008249868A (en) * 2007-03-29 2008-10-16 Fujifilm Corp Photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive transfer material, light shielding film for display device and its manufacturing method, substrate with light shielding film, liquid crystal display element, and liquid crystal display device
JP5657442B2 (en) 2011-03-22 2015-01-21 富士フイルム株式会社 Colored radiation-sensitive composition, pattern forming method, color filter, method for producing the color filter, and solid-state imaging device
JP6054798B2 (en) * 2013-03-29 2016-12-27 富士フイルム株式会社 Color filter manufacturing method, color filter, and solid-state imaging device

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20060275676A1 (en) * 2005-06-03 2006-12-07 Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. Pigment-containing heat-curable composition, color filter, image-recording material, and method of producing color filter
TW201127812A (en) * 2009-09-14 2011-08-16 Fujifilm Corp Photopolymerizable composition, color filter and method of producing the same, solid-state image pick-up device, liquid crystal display, planographic printing plate, and novel compound
JP2013080003A (en) * 2011-09-30 2013-05-02 Fujifilm Corp Original plate for lithographic printing plate and method for manufacturing lithographic printing plate
WO2014132703A1 (en) * 2013-02-28 2014-09-04 富士フイルム株式会社 Pattern formation method, electron-beam-sensitive or extreme-ultraviolet-sensitive resin composition and resist film using same, method for manufacturing electronic device, and electronic device
TW201516583A (en) * 2013-10-23 2015-05-01 Fujifilm Corp Pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method, and electronic device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR20180034570A (en) 2018-04-04
WO2017038339A1 (en) 2017-03-09
JP6476302B2 (en) 2019-02-27
TW201708955A (en) 2017-03-01
KR102079525B1 (en) 2020-02-20
JPWO2017038339A1 (en) 2018-03-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI699618B (en) Method for manufacturing colored layer, color filter, light-shielding film, solid state imaging device, and image display device
US10317794B2 (en) Coloring composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state imaging device, image display device, organic electroluminescent element, colorant, and method for producing colorant
US10175574B2 (en) Coloring composition, and cured film, color filter, pattern forming method, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state imaging device, image display device, and dye multimer, each using the coloring composition
TWI686670B (en) Colored photosensitive composition, cured film, pattern forming method, infrared cut filter with light-shielding film, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and infrared sensor
US9650493B2 (en) Coloring composition, cured film, color filter, pattern forming method, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
US9671687B2 (en) Coloring composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
KR101733965B1 (en) Colored radiation-sensitive composition, colored cured film, color filter, color pattern formation method, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging element, and liquid crystal display device
KR102014106B1 (en) Coloring composition, cured film using same, color filter, pattern forming method, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device
TWI760311B (en) Coloring photosensitive composition, cured film, color filter, light-shielding film, solid state imaging device, image display device, and method for manufacturing cured film
US20160327710A1 (en) Coloring composition, cured film, color filter, pattern forming method, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
TWI636099B (en) Colored curable composition, method for manufacturing colored curable composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image sensing device, and image display device
TWI674477B (en) Coloring curable composition, color filter, pattern forming method, method of manufacturing color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
TWI695037B (en) Colored composition, color filter, method for forming pattern, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image sensor, image display device and method for producing dye multimer
TWI769146B (en) Colored composition, method for producing coloring composition, color filter, pattern forming method, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
TWI631191B (en) Colored composition, method for forming pattern, method for manufacturing color filter, colored filter, solid-state imaging device, image display device, and method for manufacturing colored composition